Safety Light Curtain
F3SG-R Series
More Rugged
Advanced, Robust, and Easy types
NEW
Robust type
Advanced type
Easy type
2 | Safety Light Curtain F3SG-R Series
Increase both
durability and
productivity
The new cutting oil resistant Robust type is added
Safety Light Curtain
F3SG-R
Series
Fast set-up and high resistance to environmental changes
Tough
1
Resistant to vib
vibration
Torsion
Tor
To
orrsiio
o
on resistance
re
essisstaance
Previous
model
Tough
2
5 time
ti ss**
times
greate than
greater
th
haan
n
previous
previo
ou
uss
model
mo
od
deel
Robust against
eenvironmental
o e ta cchanges
a ges
Up
p to
High
Hi
h power
Operating range
20 m
Tough
3
Reliable in dusty
wash-down environments
F3SG-RR
IP67G
F3SG-R
F3SG-RA/RE：IP67
* Compared to the previous model (Omron survey as of March 2017)
| 3
A choice of products to suit your need
Multiple versions available: finger, hand and arm protection
Ideal for flexible manufacturing
Multifunctional Advanced type
>>p.4
F3SG-RA
Quick and easy installation
ዘ
Stable operation and
ዘ
Easy adjustment
ዘ
Easy configuration and
ዘ
predictive maintenance
maintenance
For global use
ዘ
Even for environments where cutting oil is present
Cutting oil resistant Robust type
F3SG-RR
>>p.10
NEW
Four times longer* cutting oil resistance ዘ
No dead space
ዘ
IP67G
ዘ
* Compared to the previous model (Omron survey as of March 2017)
Ideal for simple applications
Simple Easy type
F3SG-RE
Simple functions
ዘ
Reduced wiring
ዘ
>>p.11
Fast response time: 5 ms
ዘ
ዘSTI is a trademark or registered trademark of OMRON Corporation in Japan and other countries.
ዘMicrosoft product screen shot(s) reprinted with permission from Microsoft Corporation.
ዘThe Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. Any use of such marks by Omron is under license.
ዘOther company names and product names in this document are the trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies.
4 | Safety Light Curtain F3SG-R Series
Multifunctional
Quick and easy installation
Advanced
type
Intuitive and smart designs for fast set-up
F3SG-RA
TOP
(top-beam-state indicator)
Simple beam adjustment
Simply watch for the top and bottom indicators to illuminate when adjustment is completed.
The optional laser pointer and lamp can be used to reduce the time required to set up the light curtain.
1
F39-PTG Laser Pointer
The TOP indicator turns ON when
the top beam is unblocked
Shows the sensor direction
Sh
F39-LP Lamp
Turns
Tu ON when safety
output
turns ON,
ou
making
adjustment
ma
easier
ea
Also
2
The incident light levels of each
beam can be checked with the
Configuration Tool SD Manager2
The BTM indicator turns ON when
the bottom beam is unblocked
Fine beam
adjustment
Sufficient
Green
BTM
(bottom-beam-state indicator)
Insufficient
Red
* Image for illustration purpose only.
Mounting brackets
Four types of mounting brackets provide vertical or vertical and horizontal adjustment even after mounting,
making beam adjustment easier.
Standard fixed bracket
Top/bottom adjustable bracket
(sold separately)
You can slide the F3SG-R
up and down to make
vertical adjustments afterr
mounting on a safety
fence.
Use this bracket at the top
p
and bottom of the F3SG-R
R
to make horizontal
adjustment of ±22.5º.
Top/bottom adjustable bracket
(for user-made mounting part)
(sold separately)
Standard adjustable bracket
(sold separately)
This bracket provides
vertical as well as
horizontal adjustment
of ±15º.
±15°
The wall mounting bracket
k
ket
is not provided so that you
o
ou
can design your own wallll
mounting part.
±22.5°
| 5
Optical synchronization – No sync lines required
Optical synchronization eliminates the need of wiring for synchronization between the emitter and receiver.
The resulting flexible wiring reduces disconnection risk and avoids noise sources.
Optical synchronization
Once synchronization
is done, the emitter is
starts synchronizing
kept synchronized
with the correspond-
with the receiver while
ing beam of the
at least one beam is
receiver.
unblocked.
Emitter
beam of the emitter
Receiver
Emitter
The top or bottom
After
sync
Receiver
Start-up
High
ambient light
immunity
Smartclick cable connection
for fast set-up
*
No torque-control required:
Click!
the Smartclick connectors connect cables with just a 1/8th turn
Insert
fully
of the M12 waterproof connector.
1/8th turn
* Smartclick is a registered trademark of OMRON Corporation.
Just a 1/8th turn
to connect
Simple wiring thanks to reduced
wiring connectors
Simple wiring makes installation faster.
Fewer cables reduce disconnection risk and noise trouble.
Previously
Cables of the emitter and
receiver
Only one cable
up to
100m
6 | Safety Light Curtain F3SG-R Series
Multifunctional
Stable operation and predictive maintenance
Advanced
type
Visualization eliminates machine downtime
F3SG-RA
Data logging for quick
troubleshooting
The lamp
mp notifies when the incident light level drops due to
The error logs stored in the F3SG-RA can be downloaded
dirt, which
hich prevents sudden stops.
to a PC that is connected with the F3SG-RA using the
Light intensity
The
e lamp notifies low light
intensity
ensity
dedicated interface unit. The Configuration Tool SD
At a glance
warning
Manager2 can be used to analyze errors to identify causes
and solutions. The data on light intensity, power-ON time,
The lamp notifies when
the light intensity drops
near the threshold*
and switching frequency can also be collected regularly for
predictive maintenance.
Configuration Tool SD Manager2
0
Time
* The incident light level at which the
lightt curtain turns OFF
F39-LP Lamp
Bluetooth®
uetooth® allows to check status
without
thout stopping the line
F39-BT/BTLP Bluetooth®
Communication Unit
The SD
D Manager2 can be used to check the status of the safety light curtain
wirelessly
essly after pairing the safety light curtain with PC via Bluetooth®, which
reduces
es maintenance time.
Line A
Wireless connectivity
- Monitoring during operation
- No possibility of blocking beams
- No work required after completing checks
- Monitoring from anywhere
- Serial number to choose the right safety light
curtain from many installed on lines
Line B
| 7
For global use
Easy to deploy around the world
PNP/NPN selection
production and delivery
Global pro
The F3SG-RA is designed to be used in a variety of
Omron enhanced the global production bases and local services
world,
conforming to international
environments around the world
d, co
in Japan, China, United States, and Europe to deliver Omron
standards.
products quickly and reliably. Our sales network of approximately
150 offices in 40 countries and regions supports our customers.
GB
NPN Gl
G ob
oball PNP
Inte
t e rn
te
n at
a io
on
na
al
S t an
St
nd
da
a rd
d
IEC
PNP or NPN can be selected
with the DIP switch. The same
cables are used
ISO
T F3SG-R conforms to majorr
The
international
in
nternational standards including
includ
ding
Chinese GB standards
C
Troublesh
Troubleshooting
in eight
languages*
languages
You can find causes aand solutions of errors that occur during
troubleshooting webpage in eight languages.
operation on the trou
Operators across the world can check the error details in their local
languages, which will help them minimize time to troubleshoot.
* English, Chinese, Italia
Italian, Korean, French, German, Spanish, and Japanese
Scan the QR code and go directly
to the troubleshooting webpage
Line
Line
A B
Just 15
seconds to
connect!
Easy
trouble
shooting
Select the status
of the indicator
8 | Safety Light Curtain F3SG-R Series
Easy adjustment
Multifunctional
Advanced
Increase productivity by detecting
workpieces correctly
type
F3SG-RA
Muting
The F3SG-RA provides the advanced Muting function that disables beams which detect the presence
of a workpiece or the position of a machine or robot.
Workpieces can go in and out of a danger zone without stopping the machine.
Conventional Muting Muting secured safety, but the set-up was time consuming.
[Installation/wiring/adjustment]
Many wires
.
.Many accessories
.Complex adjustment
Time-consuming partial muting*
setting for workpieces with
various heights
Incorrect muting due to a rotated and
shifted workpiece
Incorrect muting when a workpiece with
holes (e.g., car body) passes at low speed
Incorrect muting due to chattering in the
muting signal when a workpiece is vibrating
F3SG-R
Two auto-configuration functions significantly
reduce the adjustment time even under difficult
conditions where failure is likely to occur.
Adjustment
time reduced by
80%*
* Compared to the previous model (Omron survey as of March 2017)
Multiple-beam sensor technology for vibrating workpieces
Automatic partial muting for workpieces with various heights
Smart muting actuator F3W-MA
Dynamic Muting
The smart muting actuator extends the functions of the F3SG-R in
When workpieces with various heights are conveyed on the same line,
applications where a workpiece is vibrating forward and backward
the dynamic muting function automatically sets the appropriate
This prevents unexpected machine downtime and significantly
beams,
ms, based on the height of the object.
reduces adjustment time.
Smart muting actuator F3W-MA
Automatic and flexible detection even under unstable conveying conditions
Partial muting based on the detected workpiece height
* Partial muting: A function that allows specified beams (e.g., beams blocked by a workpiece) to be disabled, keeping others active, even during muting.
| 9
Easy configuration and maintenance
Easy to use | Configuration Tool SD Manager2
Minimizing setting and detection errors
The Configuration Tool SD Manager2 visualizes the installation positions and settings by logging the muting sensor
operating conditions of the F3SG-R. It helps ensure reliable, first-time-right configuration.
Muting
u g statistics
a
information
Visualization
helps facilitate
adjustment
Muting time setting range
Eval
Evaluates
settings using
logg
logged results
Assumed range
Examples of logging
Low risk of intermittent stop,
but not safe
OK in a test run, but intermittent stop
may occur during long-term operations
Assumed range
> Setting range
OK, but big difference
between assumed and
setting ranges
Test run result is out of setting range.
Muting sequence error occurred
Measured values
> Setting range
safer operation range
From configuration and
adjustment to maintenance
The SD Manager2 helps you to
make and change settings.
Easy- tounderstand
icons
Examples
Monitoring
Incident/ambient
light level monitoring
Maintenance
information
I/O Setting
Function Setting
Auxiliary output/
lamp
Fixed blanking
Muting/override
Monitor incident light levels
Check error log and other data
Change the settings assigned to each
Set disabled beams manually
Set disabled beams and time.
of each beam for fine tuning
required for maintenance
output including lamp color and pattern
or by teach-in
Setting can be evaluated
The Configuration Tool SD Manager2 is available to download from
Omron website:
http://www.ia.omron.com/f3sg-r_tool
10 | Safety Light Curtain F3SG-R Series
NEW
IP67G
Cutting oil resistant
Robust design for reliable use even in
cutting oil environments
Robust
type
F3SG-RR
Four times longer*
cutting oil resistance
The F3SG-RR has the ability to protect
from cutting oil (IP67G) for four times
Service life
longer than the previous model.
Previous model
F3SJ-A/B
F3SG-RR
* Compared to the previous model
(Omron survey as of March 2017)
Unique construction
No gaps
Patented
Cutting oil
The optical surface is completely covered with rubber, and the
metal parts placed on the rubber are compressed and deformed
to seal tightly. This construction does not use double-sided tape
that oil can penetrate, preventing cutting oil from getting inside.
Cutting oil
Completely blocked
No dead space
The F3SG-R perfectly fits to machines without wasting space. Thanks to the Cascade
Connection function and perfect fit installation, you can series-connect light curtains to fit
various protective heights, reducing inventories.
The detection zone
e joint
completely covers the
No dead
space
25-mm dia.
Example of 25 m
mm detection capability
*1. Up to three sets of F3SG-R (up to 255 beams in total) can be series-connected.
*2. Protect cascading cables from cutting oil.
| 11
Reduced wiring and fast response
Simple
Easy
type
F3SG-RE
Simple ON/OFF detection
Easy version for
cost-efficiency
Simple safety functions to reduce errors
and save costs
The Easy type inherits the robust but slim housing and
Reduced to just 4 wires
basic safety features of the Advanced type. Simple
ON/OFF detection reduces errors, preventing
Fastest response time of 5 ms
productivity from dropping.
Industry's fastest class*
Easier to build safety
circuits
Fastest response time of
5 ms
Only four wires are required for the minimum
The Easy type that allows the distance between the
configuration, which is as simple as wiring a
light curtain and hazard source to be reduced is ideal
photoelectric sensor. Simple connection with a safety
for the use in a small machine.
controller makes it easy to build a safety circuit.
Emitter
Receiver
Y-Joint
connector
with 4 wires
G9SE
Power supply
Also
Use easy-to-obtain cables
Commercially available M12 connector cables can be used
as extension cables to build a safety circuit.
* Omron survey as of March 2017
12 | Safety Light Curtain F3SG-R Series
List of specifications and features
Application
Finger protection
Hand and arm protection
Advanced type
Robust type
F3SG-RA
F3SG-RR
Ideal for
Ideal for
flexible
manufacturing
environments where
cutting oil is present
•
•
•
Body protection
Specification
14-mm dia.
30-mm dia.
14-mm dia.
25-mm dia.
10 mm
20 mm
10 mm
20 mm
Operating range
0.3 to 10 m
0.3 to 20 m
0.3 to 10 m
0.3 to 17 m
Protective height
160 to 2,080 mm
190 to 2,510 mm
Number of beams
15 to 207
8 to 124
Detection capability
Beam gap
Feature
•
240 to 1,920 mm
23 to 191
12 to 96
PNP/NPN Selection
External Test
*1
*1
Interlock
Pre-Reset
External Device Monitoring (EDM)
Auxiliary Output
Muting
Blanking
Reduced Resolution
Warning Zone
Scan Code Selection
Operating Range Selection
-
Response Time Adjustment
Designated Beam Output
Connection/
wiring
Cascade Connection
Reduced wiring
Environmental
resistance
Degree of protection
Accessory
Lamp
IP67
IP67,IP67G
Page 16
(F3SG-RA-01TS : Page 93, F3SG-RA-02TS : Page 120*2)
Page 44
Bluetooth communication unit
SD Manager2
Laser pointer
More information
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
*1. Supports PNP/NPN by switching between 0 V and 24 V active.
*2. The F3SG-RA-□TS has different specifications. See the pages listed above for details.
Setting by DIP Switch
Setting by Configuration Tool
Setting by Wiring
Setting by End Cap/Key Cap
| 13
More slim – F3SJ Series
Easy type
F3SG-RE
F3SJ-E
F3SJ-B
F3SJ-A
••
•
Ideal for
simple
applications
•
Finger protection
•
•
•
14-mm dia.
30-mm dia.
25-mm dia.
25-mm dia.
14/20/30/55-mm dia.
10 mm
20 mm
20 mm
20 mm
9/15/25/50 mm
0.3 to 10 m
0.3 to 20 m
0.2 to 7 m
0.2 to 7 m
0.2 to 9 m *3
Operating range
160 to 2,080 mm
190 to 2,510 mm
185 to 1,105 mm
185 to 2,065 mm
245 to 2,495 mm *3
Protective height
15 to 207
8 to 124
8 to 54
8 to 102
-
-
-
Hand and arm protection
Body protection
Detection capability
Beam gap
-
PNP/NPN Selection
Feature
External Test
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Interlock
-
-
Pre-Reset
External Device Monitoring (EDM)
-
Auxiliary Output
+
/
Muting
Blanking
-
Reduced Resolution
Warning Zone
(Not required for wired synchronization)
Scan Code Selection
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Cascade Connection
-
Reduced wiring
IP67
IP65
IP65
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Page 73
Specification
Varies depending on the beam gap *3 Number of beams
-
•
Application
•
•
Operating Range Selection
-
Response Time Adjustment
Designated Beam Output
IP65
•
-
SD Manager
Refer to the F3SJ Series Catalog (Cat. No. F074).
•
Connection/
wiring
Degree of protection
Environmental
resistance
Lamp
Accessory
Bluetooth communication unit
SD Manager2
Laser pointer
More information
*3. Varies depending on the model.
Refer to the F3SJ Series Catalog (Cat. No. F074) or visit the Omron website for details of the F3SJ Series.
For details F3SJ
Search
www.ia.omron.com/
14 | Safety Light Curtain F3SG-R Series
Flowchart for product section
High functionality
F3SG-R Series
Advanced type
Application
F3SG-RA
Finger/hand/arm
protection
Robust body without
cover required
YES
• Possibility of accidental
contact
• Wash-down
environment
NO
Muting/Blanking
• Machine partially
located in the detection
zone
• Distinguish workpieces
from operators
NO
Exposed to
cutting oil
Cutting oil resistant
YES
F3SG-R Series
NO
High power
required for stable YES
• Dusty environment
• Operating range ≥ 10 m
YES
Cutting oil
resistance
・Quick and easy installation
・Stable operation and predictive mai
・For global use
・Easy adjustment
・Easy configuration and maintenance
Robust type
F3SG-RR
• Four times longer
cutting oil resistance
• IP67G
• No dead space
NO
Simple application
START
F3SG-R Series
Easy type
Application
Leg/body protection
YES
F3SG-RE
Blanking
• Simple functions
• Reduced wiring
• Fast response time: 5 ms
Machine partially located
in the detection zone
YES
NO
F3SJ Series
EASY type
F3SJ-E
NO
Muting
Simple wiring
Distinguish
workpieces from
operators
YES
NO
Reduced wiring
connectors for easy
installation
• Simple functions
YES
YES
F3SJ Series
BASIC type
F3SJ-B
Cutting oil
resistance
Exposed to
cutting oil
• Series-connection
• Muting
NO
YES
F3SJ Series
ENVIRONMENT RESISTANT type
F3SJ-B-02TS
F3SJ Series
ADVANCED type
F3SJ-A
• Series-connection
• Up to 55 mm detection capability
• Muting
| 15
Protective height
Specifications
Detection capability
14-mm dia./30-mm dia.
Brackets
Cable
Accessories (sold separately)
Connector
Accessory
Single/double-ended connector cable
・Standard
andard fixed brac
bracket
Cascading cable
Beam gap
Reduced wiring connector
10 mm/20 mm
Laser pointer
Operating range
ntenance
e
14-mm dia.
160 to 2,080 mm
0.3 to 10 m/
0.3 to 20 m
(15 to 207 beams)
30-mm dia.
190 to 2,510 mm
(8 to 124 beams)
Sold separately
Spatter protection cover
・Standard adjustable bracket
・Top/bottom adjustable bracket
・Top/bottom adjustable bracket
(for user-made mounting part)
Lamp
Bluetoothcommunication unit
SD Manager2
* The F3SG-RA-□TS has different specifications.
See the following pages:F3SG-4RA-01TS: p. 93 F3SG-RA-02TS: p. 120
Detection capability
14-mm dia./25-mm dia.
Beam gap
10 mm/20 mm
Sold separately
See p.1
p.16 for details.
Connector
Single/double-ended connector cable
・Free-Location
Bracket
(Intermediate Bracket)
・Top/bottom
Bracket (3types)
Cascading cable
Reduced wiring connector
Laser pointer
Operating range
14-mm dia.
240 to 1,920 mm
Lamp
0.3 to 10 m/
0.3 to 17 m
Bluetooth communication unit
SD Manager2
(23 to 191 beams)
25-mm dia.
240 to 1,920 mm
See p.4
p.44 for details.
(12 to 96 beams)
Detection capability
14-mm dia./30-mm dia.
Connector
Accessory
Single/double-ended connector cable
・Standard fixed Bracket
Reduced wiring connector
Beam gap
Laser pointer
10 mm/20 mm
Spatter protection cover
Operating range
14-mm dia.
160 to 2,080 mm
0.3 to 10 m/
0.3 to 20 m
(15 to 207 beams)
Sold separately
・Standard adjustable bracket
・Top/bottom adjustable bracket
・Top/bottom adjustable bracket
(for user-made mounting part)
30-mm dia.
190 to 2,510 mm
See p.7
p.73 for details.
(8 to 124 beams)
Detection capability
25-mm dia.
Beam gap
20 mm
25-mm dia.
185 to 1,105 mm
Operating range
0.2 to 7 m
Refer to the F3SJ Series Catalog (Cat.
No. F074) or visit the Omron website
for details of the F3SJ Series.
(8 to 54 beams)
Detection capability
25-mm dia.
Beam gap
20 mm
Operating range
0.2 to 7 m
25-mm dia.
185 to 2,065 mm
(8 to 102 beams)
* ENVIRONMENT RESISTANT type
Protective height: 225 to 1,985 mm Operating range: 0.2 to 6 m
Detection capability
www.ia.omron.com/
14-mm dia. Beam gap
9 mm -
14-mm dia.
245 to 1,271 mm
(26 to 140 beams)
Operating range
0.2 to 9 m
* When the minimum object resolution is 14 mm
and the beam gap is 9 mm.
F3SJ
Search
Safety Light Curtain Advanced type
F3SG-RA
Offers Both Durability and Reliability
• Rugged and compact
• New muting function to increase both productivity and
safety
• All models designed for global use. PNP/NPN selection by
DIP switch
• Conforming to major international standards including
Chinese standard GB/T 4584
System Configuration
Mounting bracket
Accessory
F39-LP
Lamp
F39-LGF
Standard Fixed Bracket
(included as standard)
Accessory
F39-BT
Bluetooth
Communication Unit
F39-BTLP
Lamp and Bluetooth
Communication Unit
F39-HGA@@@@
Spatter Protection Cover
(for F3SG-RA)
Emitter
F39-PTG
Laser Pointer
Receiver
Recommended safety controller *
F39-JG@B
Double-Ended Cable
F39-LGA
Standard Adjustable
Bracket
Emitter
Up to
three sets
NX/NE1A-series
Safety Network Controller
F39-JGR2W
Cascading Cable
Receiver
G9SP-series
Safety Controller
Accessory
PC
G9SE/G9SA-series
Safety Relay Unit
IF-U
F39-GIF
Interface Unit
Configuration Tool
SD Manager 2
G9SX-series
Flexible Safety Unit
F39-JG@B
Double-Ended Cable
F39-JG@A
Single-Ended Cable
or
Accessory
F39-LGTB
F39-LGTB-1
Top/Bottom
Adjustable
T
Bracket
16
F39-GCNY2
F39-JG@B-L
F39-JG@A-D
Reduced wiring
connector system
F3W-MA0100P
F3W-MA0300P
Smart Muting Actuator
Note: See p.147 for details.
G7SA/G7S-E
Relays with Forcibly
Guided Contacts
* The recommended safety controller is required to
build a safety circuit using emergency stop
switches and door switches.
F3SG-RA
Ordering Information
Main Units
Number of
beams
Protective height
(mm)
Hand and arm protection
Model
Number of
beams
Protective height
(mm)
Model
15
160
F3SG-4RA0160-14
8
190
F3SG-4RA0190-30
23
240
F3SG-4RA0240-14
12
270
F3SG-4RA0270-30
31
320
F3SG-4RA0320-14
16
350
F3SG-4RA0350-30
39
400
F3SG-4RA0400-14
20
430
F3SG-4RA0430-30
47
480
F3SG-4RA0480-14
24
510
F3SG-4RA0510-30
55
560
F3SG-4RA0560-14
28
590
F3SG-4RA0590-30
63
640
F3SG-4RA0640-14
32
670
F3SG-4RA0670-30
71
720
F3SG-4RA0720-14
36
750
F3SG-4RA0750-30
79
800
F3SG-4RA0800-14
40
830
F3SG-4RA0830-30
87
880
F3SG-4RA0880-14
44
910
F3SG-4RA0910-30
95
960
F3SG-4RA0960-14
48
990
F3SG-4RA0990-30
103
1040
F3SG-4RA1040-14
52
1070
F3SG-4RA1070-30
111
1120
F3SG-4RA1120-14
56
1150
F3SG-4RA1150-30
119
1200
F3SG-4RA1200-14
60
1230
F3SG-4RA1230-30
127
1280
F3SG-4RA1280-14
64
1310
F3SG-4RA1310-30
135
1360
F3SG-4RA1360-14
68
1390
F3SG-4RA1390-30
143
1440
F3SG-4RA1440-14
72
1470
F3SG-4RA1470-30
151
1520
F3SG-4RA1520-14
76
1550
F3SG-4RA1550-30
159
1600
F3SG-4RA1600-14
80
1630
F3SG-4RA1630-30
167
1680
F3SG-4RA1680-14
84
1710
F3SG-4RA1710-30
175
1760
F3SG-4RA1760-14
88
1790
F3SG-4RA1790-30
183
1840
F3SG-4RA1840-14
92
1870
F3SG-4RA1870-30
191
1920
F3SG-4RA1920-14
96
1950
F3SG-4RA1950-30
199
2000
F3SG-4RA2000-14
100
2030
F3SG-4RA2030-30
207
2080
F3SG-4RA2080-14
104
2110
F3SG-4RA2110-30
108
2190
F3SG-4RA2190-30
112
2270
F3SG-4RA2270-30
116
2350
F3SG-4RA2350-30
120
2430
F3SG-4RA2430-30
124
2510
F3SG-4RA2510-30
F3SG-RA
Safety Light Curtain
Finger protection
17
F3SG-RA
Accessories (Sold separately)
Safety light curtain connecting cable
Single-Ended Cable *
Appearance
Type
Cable length
Specifications
Model
F39-JG3A-L
3m
Connected to Power Cable or Double-Ended Cable
7m
For emitter
M12 connector
(5-pin), 5 wires
Color: Gray
1
2
10 m
5
4
3
15 m
1
2
3
4
5
+24 VDC
TEST
0 VDC
Not used
Not used
F39-JG7A-L
Brown
Black
Blue
White
Yellow
F39-JG10A-L
F39-JG15A-L
Female
F39-JG20A-L
20 m
3m
7m
For receiver
M12 connector
(8-pin), 8 wires
Color: Black
F39-JG3A-D
Connected to Power Cable or Double-Ended Cable
2
1
7
10 m
6
15 m
3
8
5
4
Female
20 m
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Yellow
Brown
Gray
Pink
Black
White
Blue
Red
RESET
+24 VDC
MUTE A
MUTE B
OSSD 1
OSSD 2
0 VDC
AUX
F39-JG7A-D
F39-JG10A-D
F39-JG15A-D
F39-JG20A-D
* A set of two Single-Ended Cables (one for emitter and one for receiver) is also available.
Model: Model number without the -L/-D at the end (F39-JG@A)
Note: To extend the cable length to more than 20 m, add the F39-JG@B Double-Ended Cable.
Double-Ended Cable *
For cable extension and simple wiring
Appearance
Type
Cable length
Specifications
Model
F39-JGR5B-L
0.5 m
1m
For emitter
M12 connector
(5-pin)
on both ends
Color: Gray
3m
5m
7m
10 m
Connected to Power Cable
or Double-Ended Cable
1
2
5
4
3
1
3
2
4
5
Female
Brown
Blue
Black
White
Yellow
Connected to Single-Ended Cable,
or Double-Ended Cable
1
3
2
4
5
Brown
Blue
Black
White
Yellow
2
1
5
3
4
F39-JG3B-L
F39-JG5B-L
F39-JG7B-L
F39-JG10B-L
Male
F39-JG15B-L
15 m
20 m
F39-JG20B-L
0.5 m
F39-JGR5B-D
1m
For receiver
M12 connector
(8-pin)
on both ends
Color: Black
F39-JG1B-L
Connected to Power Cable
or Double-Ended Cable
3m
5m
7m
10 m
15 m
2
1
7
3
8
6
4
5
Female
2
7
5
6
1
8
3
4
Brown
Blue
Black
White
Yellow
Red
Gray
Pink
Connected to Single-Ended Cable,
or Double-Ended Cable
2
7
5
6
1
8
3
4
Brown
Blue
Black
White
Yellow
Red
Gray
Pink
F39-JG1B-D
F39-JG3B-D
1
2
3
8
4
7
6
5
Male
F39-JG5B-D
F39-JG7B-D
F39-JG10B-D
F39-JG15B-D
20 m
F39-JG20B-D
* A set of two Double-Ended Cables (one for emitter and one for receiver) is also available.
Model: Model number without the -L/-D at the end (F39-JG@B)
Note: To extend the cable length to more than 20 m, add the F39-JG@B Double-Ended Cable to the F39-JG@A Single-Ended Cable.
To extend the cable length to more than 40 m, add several Double-Ended Cables to the Single-Ended Cable.
Example: To extend the cable length to 50 m, connect two F39-JG20B (20 m) cables and one F39-JG10A (10 m) cable.
Emitter
Cable is gray
F39-JG@B-L (Gray)
Double-Ended Cable
F39-JG@B
Receiver
18
Cable is black
F39-JG@B-D (Black)
F39-JG@A-L (Gray)
Single-Ended Cable
F39-JG@A
F39-JG@A-D (Black)
F3SG-RA
Y-Joint Plug/Socket Connector for F3SG-4RA@@@@-14/-4RA@@@@-30
For reduced wiring
Type
Cable length
Specifications
F3SG-RA
Emitter
M12 connectors.
Used for reduced
wiring.
0.5 m
Model
F3SG-RA
Receiver
Y-Joint Plug/
Socket Connector for Advanced type
F39-GCNY2
F3SG-RA
Appearance
F39-GCNY2
Double-Ended Cable
F39-JG@B-L (Gray) *
Single-Ended Cable
F39-JG@A-D (Black) *
* Order the cable for emitter (end of model: -L) and the cable for receiver (end of model: -D).
Cascading Cable (2 cables per set, for emitter and receiver)
Appearance
Type
Cable length
Specifications
Secondary
sensor 1
(Emitter)
Emitter cable:
Cap (5-pin), M12
connector (5-pin)
Receiver cable:
Cap (8-pin), M12
connector (8-pin)
Model
Secondary
sensor 1
(Receiver)
Cascading Cable
F39-JGR2W
0.2 m
Primary
sensor
(Emitter)
F39-JGR2W
Primary
sensor
(Receiver)
Cable
F39-JG@@@-L
Cable
F39-JG@@@-D
Note: The Double-Ended Cable (up to 10 m: F39-JG10B) can be added to extend the cable length between the series-connected sensors.
Cable length between sensors: 10 m max. (not including cascading cable (F39-JGR2W) and power cable)
Remove the cap
Cable is gray
Emitter
Emitter
F39-JG@B-L (Gray)
Double-Ended Cable
F39-JG@B
Receiver
Cable is gray
Cascading Cable
F39-JGR2W
F39-JG@B-D (Black)
Receiver
Cable is black
Cable is black
Remove the cap
19
F3SG-RA
Sensor Mounting Brackets
Appearance
Specification
Application
Model
Standard Fixed
Bracket
Bracket to mount the F3SG-R.
Side mounting and backside mounting possible.
(This is included as a standard accessory with the
product. It comes as a set of two Brackets. Refer to note
*1 for the number of sets provided with each model.)
F39-LGF
Standard
Adjustable
Bracket
Bracket to mount the F3SG-R.
Beam alignment after mounting possible.
The angle adjustment range is ±15°.
Side mounting and backside mounting possible.
(Sold separately as a set of two Brackets. Refer to note
*1 for the number of sets required for each model.)
F39-LGA
Top/Bottom
Adjustable Bracket *2
Bracket to mount the F3SG-R. Use this bracket at the
top and bottom positions of the F3SG-R.
Beam alignment after mounting possible.
The angle adjustment range is ±22.5°.
Side mounting and backside mounting possible.
(Sold separately. 4 brackets per set.)
F39-LGTB
Top/Bottom
Adjustable Bracket *2
(For user-made mounting
part)
Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket without a bracket to
mount to the wall. Use the user's own wall mounting part
to suit the machine.
(Sold separately. 4 brackets per set.)
F39-LGTB-1
*1. [for F3SG-4RA@@@@-14]
- Protective height of 0160 to 1200: 2 sets, Protective height of 1280 to 2080: 3 sets
[for F3SG-4RA@@@@-30]
- Protective height of 0190 to 1230: 2 sets, Protective height of 1310 to 2270: 3 sets, Protective height of 2350 to 2510: 4 sets
*2. Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket cannot be used with the Standard Fixed Bracket. Use with the Standard Adjustable Bracket.
Using Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets with Standard Adjustable Brackets
F3SG-4RA@@@@-14: Protective height of 1040 or less: The Standard Adjustable Bracket is not required. Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Adjustable
Brackets (F39-LGTB(-1)).
Protective height of 1120 to 1920: Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGTB(-1)) and 1 set of Standard
Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGA).
Protective height of 2000 to 2080: Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGTB(-1)) and 2 sets of Standard
Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGA).
F3SG-4RA@@@@-30: Protective height of 1070 or less: The Standard Adjustable Bracket is not required. Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Adjustable
Brackets (F39-LGTB(-1)).
Protective height of 1150 to 1950: Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGTB(-1)) and 1 set of Standard
Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGA).
Protective height of 2030 to 2510: Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGTB(-1)) and 2 sets of Standard
Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGA).
20
F3SG-RA
Interface units and configuration tool SD Manager 2
Appearance
Type
To change the settings of the F3SG-RA using
SD Manager 2, it is necessary to set the receiver's
two DIP switches No. 8 to ON.
Model
−
F3SG-RA
SD Manager 2
Specifications
The Configuration Tool SD Manager 2 is
available to download from our website at
http://www.ia.omron.com/f3sg-r_tool.
F39-GIF interface unit to connect the F3SG-RA
receiver to a USB port of the PC
Interface Unit
Bluetooth
Communication Unit
Accessories:
0.3-m Dedicated Cable 1 (1),
2-m Dedicated Cable 2 (1),
Instruction Manual
F39-BT bluetooth unit to enable bluetooth on the
F3SG-RA
F39-GIF
F39-BT
IP67 rated when mated.
Lamp
Appearance
Type
Lamp
Lamp and Bluetooth
Communication Unit
Specifications
Model
The lamp can be connected to a receiver and turned ON
based on the operation of F3SG-RA/RR.
F39-LP
The lamp can indicate red, orange, and green colors,
to which three different states can be assigned.
IP67 rated when mated.
F39-BTLP
End Cap
Appearance
Specifications
Housing color: Black
For both emitter and receiver
(Attached to the F3SG-RA. The End Cap can be purchased if lost.)
Model
F39-CNM
IP67 rated when mated.
Laser Pointer for F3SG-R
Appearance
Specifications
Model
The laser pointer is attached on the optical surface of the F3SG-R to help coarse
adjustment of beams.
F39-PTG
21
F3SG-RA
Spatter Protection Cover (2 covers per set, one for emitter and one for receiver)
Spatter Protection Covers include mounting brackets.
For Safety Light Curtain models of the protective height of 2,000 mm or longer, use two Spatter Protection Covers of different lengths.
Safety Light Curtain Model
Appearance
Model
Finger protection
Hand and arm protection
F3SG-4RA0160-14
F3SG-4RA0190-30
F39-HGA0200
F3SG-4RA0240-14
F3SG-4RA0270-30
F39-HGA0280
F3SG-4RA0320-14
F3SG-4RA0350-30
F39-HGA0360
F3SG-4RA0400-14
F3SG-4RA0430-30
F39-HGA0440
F3SG-4RA0480-14
F3SG-4RA0510-30
F39-HGA0520
F3SG-4RA0560-14
F3SG-4RA0590-30
F39-HGA0600
F3SG-4RA0640-14
F3SG-4RA0670-30
F39-HGA0680
F3SG-4RA0720-14
F3SG-4RA0750-30
F39-HGA0760
F3SG-4RA0800-14
F3SG-4RA0830-30
F39-HGA0840
F3SG-4RA0880-14
F3SG-4RA0910-30
F39-HGA0920
F3SG-4RA0960-14
F3SG-4RA0990-30
F39-HGA1000
F3SG-4RA1040-14
F3SG-4RA1070-30
F39-HGA1080
F3SG-4RA1120-14
F3SG-4RA1150-30
F39-HGA1160
F3SG-4RA1200-14
F3SG-4RA1230-30
F39-HGA1240
F3SG-4RA1280-14
F3SG-4RA1310-30
F39-HGA1320
F3SG-4RA1360-14
F3SG-4RA1390-30
F39-HGA1400
F3SG-4RA1440-14
F3SG-4RA1470-30
F39-HGA1480
F3SG-4RA1520-14
F3SG-4RA1550-30
F39-HGA1560
F3SG-4RA1600-14
F3SG-4RA1630-30
F39-HGA1640
F3SG-4RA1680-14
F3SG-4RA1710-30
F39-HGA1720
F3SG-4RA1760-14
F3SG-4RA1790-30
F39-HGA1800
F3SG-4RA1840-14
F3SG-4RA1870-30
F39-HGA1880
F3SG-4RA1920-14
F3SG-4RA1950-30
F39-HGA1960
F3SG-4RA2000-14
F3SG-4RA2030-30
F3SG-4RA2080-14
F3SG-4RA2110-30
−
−
−
−
−
F3SG-4RA2190-30
F3SG-4RA2270-30
F3SG-4RA2350-30
F3SG-4RA2430-30
F3SG-4RA2510-30
F39-HGA1480
F39-HGA0550
F39-HGA1560
F39-HGA0550
F39-HGA1640
F39-HGA0550
F39-HGA1720
F39-HGA0550
F39-HGA1800
F39-HGA0550
F39-HGA1880
F39-HGA0550
F39-HGA1960
F39-HGA0550
Note: 1. The operating range of the Safety Light Curtain attached with the product is 10% shorter than the rating.
2. The product extends over the DIP Switch cover of the Safety Light Curtain. Be sure to use the product only after all required settings are
made to the DIP Switch.
Test Rod
Diameter
14 mm dia.
30 mm dia.
22
Model
F39-TRD14
F39-TRD30
F3SG-RA
Ratings and Specifications
Main unit
F3SG-4RA-14
F3SG-2RA-14
Type of ESPE (IEC 61496-1)
Type 4
F3SG-4RA-14/-30
Type 2
F3SG-2RA-14/-30
F3SG-4RA-30
F3SG-2RA-30
Object Resolution
(Detection Capability)
Opaque objects
14-mm dia.
30-mm dia.
Beam Gap
10 mm
20 mm
Number of Beams
15 to 207
8 to 124
Lens Size
5.2 × 3.4 (W × H) mm
7-mm dia.
Protective Height
160 to 2080 mm (6.3 to 81.9 inch)
190 to 2510 mm (7.3 to 98.7 inch)
Long
0.3 to 10.0 m (1 to 32 ft.)
0.3 to 20.0 m (1 to 65 ft.)
Short
0.3 to 3.0 m (1 to 10 ft.)
0.3 to 7.0 m (1 to 23 ft.)
ON to OFF
Normal mode: 8 to 18 ms max. *1
Slow mode: 16 to 36 ms max. *1 *2
OFF to ON
40 to 90 ms max. *1
Operating Range
Performance
Response Time
Effective Aperture Angle
(EAA) (IEC 61496-2)
F3SG-RA
The @@@@ in the model names indicate the protective heights in millimeters.
*1. Response time when used in one segment system or in cascaded connection.
Refer to page 25 for the one segment system. Refer to Safety Light Curtain F3SG-R Series User's Manual (ManNo.:
Z352) for cascaded connection.
*2. Selectable by Configuration Tool.
Type 4
±2.5° max., emitter and receiver at operating range of 3 m or greater
Type 2
±5.0° max., emitter and receiver at operating range of 3 m or greater
Light Source
Infrared LEDs, Wavelength: 870 nm
Startup Waiting Time
2 s max.
Power Supply Voltage (Vs)
SELV/PELV 24 VDC±20% (ripple p-p 10% max.)
Current Consumption
Refer to page 25 .
Two PNP or NPN transistor outputs (PNP or NPN is selectable by DIP Switch.)
Load current of 300 mA max., Residual voltage of 2 V max. (except for voltage drop due to cable
extension), Capacitive load of 1 μF max., Inductive load of 2.2 H max. *1
Leakage current of 1 mA max. (PNP), 2 mA max. (NPN) *2
Safety Outputs (OSSD)
*1. The load inductance is the maximum value when the safety output frequently repeats ON and
OFF. When you use the safety output at 4 Hz or less, the usable load inductance becomes
larger.
*2. These values must be taken into consideration when connecting elements including a
capacitive load such as a capacitor.
One PNP or NPN transistor output (PNP or NPN is selectable by DIP Switch.)
Load current of 100 mA max., Residual voltage of 2 V max .
Auxiliary Output
Output Operation
Mode
Safety Output
Light-ON (Safety output is enabled when the receiver receives an emitting signal.)
Auxiliary Output
Safety output (Inverted signal output:Enable) (default) (Cofigurable by Configuration Tool)
ON Voltage
TEST:
24 V Active: 9 V to Vs (sink current 3 mA max.) *
0 V Active: 0 to 3 V (source current 3 mA max.)
MUTE A/B:
PNP: Vs to Vs-3 V (sink current 3 mA max.) *
NPN: 0 to 3 V (source current 3 mA max.)
RESET:
PNP: Vs to Vs-3 V (sink current 5 mA max.) *
NPN: 0 to 3 V (source current 5 mA max.)
OFF Voltage
TEST:
24 V Active : 0 to 1.5 V or open
0 V Active : 9 V to Vs or open
MUTE A/B, RESET:
PNP: 0 to 1/2 Vs, or open *
NPN: 1/2 Vs to Vs, or open *
Electrical
Input Voltage
* The Vs indicates a supply voltage value in your environment.
Overvoltage Category (IEC 60664-1)
Indicators
II
Refer to page 27.
Protective Circuit
Output short protection, Power supply reverse polarity protection
Insulation Resistance
20 MΩ or higher (500 VDC megger)
Dielectric Strength
1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz (1 min)
Mutual Interference Prevention (Scan Code)
This function prevents mutual interference in up to two F3SG-RA systems.
Cascade Connection
Number of cascaded segments: 3 max.
Total number of beams: 255 max.
Cable length between sensors: 10 m max.
(not including cascading cable (F39-JGR2W) and power cable)
Test Function
Self-test (at power-on, and during operation)
External test (light emission stop function by test input)
Safety-Related Functions
Interlock
External device monitoring (EDM)
Pre-reset
Fixed blanking/Floating blanking
Reduced resolution
Muting/Override
Scan code selection
PNP/NPN selection
Response time adjustment
Functional
23
F3SG-RA
F3SG-4RA-14
F3SG-2RA-14
Ambient Temperature
Ambient Humidity
Environmental
-10 to 55°C (14 to 131°F) (non-icing)
Storage
-25 to 70°C (-13 to 158°F)
Operating
35% to 85% (non-condensing)
Storage
35% to 95%
Ambient Illuminance
Incandescent lamp: 3,000 Ix max. on receiver surface
Sunlight: 10,000 Ix max. on receiver surface
Degree of Protection (IEC 60529)
IP65 and IP67
Vibration Resistance (IEC 61496-1)
10 to 55 Hz, Multiple amplitude of 0.7 mm, 20 sweeps for all 3 axes
Shock Resistance (IEC 61496-1)
100 m/s2, 1000 shocks for all 3 axes
Pollution Degree (IEC 60664-1)
Pollution Degree 3
Power cable
Connections
Operating
Cascading cable
Extension cable
- Single-Ended Cable
- Double-Ended Cable
Type of Connection
M12 connectors: 5-pin emitter and 8-pin receiver, IP67 rated when mated, Cables prewired to the sensors
Number of Wires
Emitter: 5, Receiver: 8
Cable Length
0.3 m
Cable Diameter
6 mm
Minimum Bending
Radius
R5 mm
Type of Connection
M12 connectors: 5-pin emitter and 8-pin receiver, IP67 rated when mated
Number of Wires
Emitter: 5, Receiver: 8
Cable Length
0.2 m
Cable Diameter
6 mm
Minimum Bending
Radius
R5 mm
Type of Connection
M12 connectors: 5-pin emitter and 8-pin receiver, IP67 rated when mated
Number of Wires
Emitter: 5, Receiver: 8
Cable Length
Refer to page 18.
Cable Diameter
6.6 mm
Minimum Bending
Radius
R36 mm
Extension of Power Cable
100 m max.
Material
Housing: Aluminum alloy
Cap: PBT resin
Front window: Acrylic resin
Cable: Oil-resistant PVC resin
Standard Fixed Bracket (F39-LGF): Zinc alloy
FE plate: Stainless steel
Weight
Refer to page 25.
Safety Precautions, Quick Installation Manual, Standard Fixed Bracket *, Troubleshooting Guide
Sticker, Warning Zone Label
* The quantity of Standard Fixed Brackets included varies depending on the protective height.
[F3SG-RA-14]
- Protective height of 0160 to 1200: 2 sets
- Protective height of 1280 to 2080: 3 sets
[F3SG-RA-30]
- Protective height of 0190 to 1230: 2 sets
- Protective height of 1310 to 2270: 3 sets
- Protective height of 2350 to 2510: 4 sets
Material
Included Accessories
Conforming standards
Refer to page 26.
Type of ESPE (IEC 61496-1)
Performance Level
(PL)/Safety category
Conformity
Type 4
Type 4
PL e/Category 4 (EN ISO 13849-1:2015)
Type 2
PL c/Category 2 (EN ISO 13849-1:2015)
PFHD
1.1 × 10-8 (IEC 61508)
Proof test interval TM
Every 20 years (IEC 61508)
SFF
99% (IEC 61508)
HFT
1 (IEC 61508)
Classification
Type B (IEC 61508-2)
Bluetooth Communication Unit
Communication System
Communication Profile
Transmission Distance
* It depends on use environment conditions.
24
F3SG-4RA-30
F3SG-2RA-30
Bluetooth Version 3.0
SPP (Serial Port Profile)
Approx. 10 m max. (Output power: Class 2) *
F3SG-RA
List of Models/Response Time/Current Consumption/Weight
F3SG-4RA-14/F3SG-2RA-14
F3SG-4RA0160-14
F3SG-4RA0240-14
F3SG-4RA0320-14
F3SG-4RA0400-14
F3SG-4RA0480-14
F3SG-4RA0560-14
F3SG-4RA0640-14
F3SG-4RA0720-14
F3SG-4RA0800-14
F3SG-4RA0880-14
F3SG-4RA0960-14
F3SG-4RA1040-14
F3SG-4RA1120-14
F3SG-4RA1200-14
F3SG-4RA1280-14
F3SG-4RA1360-14
F3SG-4RA1440-14
F3SG-4RA1520-14
F3SG-4RA1600-14
F3SG-4RA1680-14
F3SG-4RA1760-14
F3SG-4RA1840-14
F3SG-4RA1920-14
F3SG-4RA2000-14
F3SG-4RA2080-14
*1.
*2.
*3.
*4.
F3SG-2RA0160-14
F3SG-2RA0240-14
F3SG-2RA0320-14
F3SG-2RA0400-14
F3SG-2RA0480-14
F3SG-2RA0560-14
F3SG-2RA0640-14
F3SG-2RA0720-14
F3SG-2RA0800-14
F3SG-2RA0880-14
F3SG-2RA0960-14
F3SG-2RA1040-14
F3SG-2RA1120-14
F3SG-2RA1200-14
F3SG-2RA1280-14
F3SG-2RA1360-14
F3SG-2RA1440-14
F3SG-2RA1520-14
F3SG-2RA1600-14
F3SG-2RA1680-14
F3SG-2RA1760-14
F3SG-2RA1840-14
F3SG-2RA1920-14
F3SG-2RA2000-14
F3SG-2RA2080-14
Protective
Height
[mm]
15
23
31
39
47
55
63
71
79
87
95
103
111
119
127
135
143
151
159
167
175
183
191
199
207
160
240
320
400
480
560
640
720
800
880
960
1040
1120
1200
1280
1360
1440
1520
1600
1680
1760
1840
1920
2000
2080
Response Time [ms] *1
ON → OFF
*2
8
8
8
8
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
OFF
(Synchronized)
→ ON
40
40
40
40
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
OFF
(Not synchronized)
→ ON
140
140
140
140
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
Current
Consumption
[mA]
Weight [kg]
Emitter Receiver Net *3
40
45
55
60
50
55
60
65
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
95
85
90
90
95
100
100
105
105
110
75
75
75
80
80
80
85
85
90
90
90
95
95
100
100
105
105
105
110
110
115
115
120
120
125
Gross
*4
0.7
0.9
1.1
1.3
1.5
1.7
1.9
2.1
2.3
2.6
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
3.6
3.8
4.0
4.2
4.4
4.7
4.9
5.1
5.3
5.5
5.7
2.0
2.3
2.6
2.9
3.2
3.5
3.9
4.2
4.5
4.8
5.1
5.4
5.7
6.0
6.4
6.7
7.0
7.3
7.6
7.9
8.2
8.5
8.8
9.2
9.5
F3SG-RA
Model
Number
of
Beams
The maximum speed of movement of a test rod up to which the detection capability is maintained is 2.0 m/s.
The response times are values when Scan Code is set at Code B. The response times for Code A are 1 ms shorter than these values.
The net weight is the weight of an emitter and a receiver.
The gross weight is the weight of an emitter, a receiver, included accessories and a package.
F3SG-4RA-30/F3SG-2RA-30
Model
F3SG-4RA0190-30
F3SG-4RA0270-30
F3SG-4RA0350-30
F3SG-4RA0430-30
F3SG-4RA0510-30
F3SG-4RA0590-30
F3SG-4RA0670-30
F3SG-4RA0750-30
F3SG-4RA0830-30
F3SG-4RA0910-30
F3SG-4RA0990-30
F3SG-4RA1070-30
F3SG-4RA1150-30
F3SG-4RA1230-30
F3SG-4RA1310-30
F3SG-4RA1390-30
F3SG-4RA1470-30
F3SG-4RA1550-30
F3SG-4RA1630-30
F3SG-4RA1710-30
F3SG-4RA1790-30
F3SG-4RA1870-30
F3SG-4RA1950-30
F3SG-4RA2030-30
F3SG-4RA2110-30
F3SG-4RA2190-30
F3SG-4RA2270-30
F3SG-4RA2350-30
F3SG-4RA2430-30
F3SG-4RA2510-30
*1.
*2.
*3.
*4.
F3SG-2RA0190-30
F3SG-2RA0270-30
F3SG-2RA0350-30
F3SG-2RA0430-30
F3SG-2RA0510-30
F3SG-2RA0590-30
F3SG-2RA0670-30
F3SG-2RA0750-30
F3SG-2RA0830-30
F3SG-2RA0910-30
F3SG-2RA0990-30
F3SG-2RA1070-30
F3SG-2RA1150-30
F3SG-2RA1230-30
F3SG-2RA1310-30
F3SG-2RA1390-30
F3SG-2RA1470-30
F3SG-2RA1550-30
F3SG-2RA1630-30
F3SG-2RA1710-30
F3SG-2RA1790-30
F3SG-2RA1870-30
F3SG-2RA1950-30
F3SG-2RA2030-30
F3SG-2RA2110-30
F3SG-2RA2190-30
F3SG-2RA2270-30
F3SG-2RA2350-30
F3SG-2RA2430-30
F3SG-2RA2510-30
Number
of
Beams
Protective
Height
[mm]
8
12
16
20
24
28
32
36
40
44
48
52
56
60
64
68
72
76
80
84
88
92
96
100
104
108
112
116
120
124
190
270
350
430
510
590
670
750
830
910
990
1070
1150
1230
1310
1390
1470
1550
1630
1710
1790
1870
1950
2030
2110
2190
2270
2350
2430
2510
Response Time [ms] *1
ON → OFF
*2
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
OFF
(Synchronized)
→ ON
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
OFF
(Not synchronized)
→ ON
140
140
140
140
140
140
140
140
140
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
Current
Consumption
[mA]
Weight [kg]
Emitter Receiver Net *3
35
35
40
45
50
50
55
60
65
50
50
55
55
55
60
60
65
65
70
70
70
75
75
80
80
85
85
85
90
90
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
80
80
80
80
80
85
85
85
85
85
90
90
90
90
90
95
95
95
95
100
100
100
100
Gross
*4
0.6
0.9
1.1
1.3
1.5
1.7
1.9
2.1
2.3
2.5
2.7
2.9
3.1
3.3
3.5
3.8
4.0
4.2
4.4
4.6
4.8
5.0
5.2
5.4
5.6
5.8
6.0
6.2
6.4
6.7
2.1
2.4
2.7
3.0
3.3
3.6
3.9
4.2
4.5
4.8
5.1
5.4
5.7
6.0
6.3
6.6
6.9
7.2
7.5
7.8
8.1
8.4
8.7
9.0
9.3
9.6
9.9
10.2
10.5
10.8
The maximum speed of movement of a test rod up to which the detection capability is maintained is 2.0 m/s.
The response times are values when Scan Code is set at Code B. The response times for Code A are 1 ms shorter than these values.
The net weight is the weight of an emitter and a receiver.
The gross weight is the weight of an emitter, a receiver, included accessories and a package.
25
F3SG-RA
Legislation and Standards
1. The F3SG-R does not receive type approval provided by Article 44-2 of the Industrial Safety and Health Act of Japan. When using the F3SG-R
in Japan as a "safety system for pressing or shearing machines" prescribed in Article 42 of that law, the machine control system must receive
type approval.
2. The F3SG-R is electro-sensitive protective equipment (ESPE) in accordance with European Union (EU) Machinery Directive Index Annex V,
Item 2.
3. EC Declaration of Conformity
OMRON declares that the F3SG-R is in conformity with the requirements of the following EC Directives:
Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC
EMC Directive2014/30/EU
4. Conforming Standards
(1) European standards
EN61496-1 (Type 4 and Type 2 ESPE), EN 61496-2 (Type 4 and Type 2 AOPD), EN61508-1 through -4 (SIL 3 for Type 4 and SIL 1 for
Type 2), EN ISO 13849-1:2015 (PL e, Category 4 for Type 4 and PL c, Category 2 for Type 2)
(2) International standards
IEC61496-1 (Type 4 and Type 2 ESPE), IEC61496-2 (Type 4 and Type 2 AOPD), IEC61508-1 through -4 (SIL 3 for Type 4 and SIL 1 for
Type 2), ISO 13849-1:2015 (PL e, Category 4 for Type 4 and PL c, Category 2 for Type 2)
(3) JIS standards
JIS B 9704-1 (Type 4 and Type 2 ESPE), JIS B 9704-2 (Type 4 and Type 2 AOPD)
(4) North American standards
UL61496-1(Type 4 and Type 2 ESPE), UL61496-2(Type 4 and Type 2 AOPD), UL508, UL1998,
CAN/CSA C22.2 No.14, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.0.8
(5) Chinese standards
GB/T 4584(Specification of active opto-electronic protective devices for presses)
5. Third-Party Certifications
(1) TÜV SÜD
• EC Type-Examination certificate:
EU Machinery Directive, Type 4 and Type 2 ESPE (EN61496-1), Type 4 and Type 2 AOPD (EN 61496-2)
• Certificate:
Type 4 and Type 2 ESPE (EN61496-1), Type 4 and Type 2 AOPD (EN61496-2), EN 61508-1 through -4 (SIL 3 for Type 4 and SIL 1 for
Type 2), EN ISO 13849-1:2015 (PL e, Category 4 for Type 4, and PL c, Category 2 for Type 2)
(2) UL
• UL Listing:
Type 4 and Type 2 ESPE (UL61496-1), Type 4 and Type 2 AOPD (UL61496-2), UL508, UL1998, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.14, CAN/CSA C22.2
No.0.8
(3) China National Casting and Forging Machines Quality Supervision and Inspection Center
• Certificate:
GB/T 4584 (Specification of active opto-electronic protective devices for presses)
6. Other Standards
The F3SG-R is designed according to the standards listed below. To make sure that the final system complies with the following standards and
regulations, you are asked to design and use it in accordance with all other related standards, laws, and regulations. If you have any questions,
consult with specialized organizations such as the body responsible for prescribing and/or enforcing machinery safety regulations in the location
where the equipment is to be used.
• European Standards: EN415-4, EN691-1, EN692, EN693, IEC 62046
• U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Standards: OSHA 29 CFR 1910.212
• U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Standards: OSHA 29 CFR 1910.217
• American National Standards: ANSI B11.1 to B11.19
• American National Standards: ANSI/RIA R15.06
• Canadian Standards Association CSA Z142, Z432, Z434
• SEMI Standards SEMI S2
• Japan Ministry of Health, Labour and Welfare "Guidelines for Comprehensive Safety Standards of Machinery", Standard Bureau's Notification
No. 0731001 dated July 31, 2007.rms and Conditions Agreement
• Chinese National Standards: GB17120, GB27607
26
F3SG-RA
Indicator
Emitter
Name of Indicator
Illuminated
TEST
Green
−
Operating range
LONG
Green
Long range mode is selected
Lockout state due to DIP Switch setting error
or Operating range selection setting error
Power
POWER
Green
Power is ON.
Error due to noise
Lockout
LOCKOUT
Red
−
Color
Illuminated
Blinking
External Test is being performed
F3SG-RA
Color
Test
Lockout state due to error in emitter
Receiver
Name of Indicator
Blue
Blinking
Muting/Override state, or Lockout state due to Cap
error or Other sensor error
Top-beam-state
TOP
The top beam is unblocked
PNP/NPN mode
NPN
Green
NPN mode is selected by DIP Switch
−
Response time
SLOW
Green
Response Time Adjustment is enabled
−
Sequence error
SEQ
Yellow
−
Sequence error in Muting or Pre-reset mode
Blanking, Warning Zone or Reduced Resolution is
enabled
Teach-in mode, or Blanking Monitoring error
Blanking
BLANK
Green
Configuration
CFG
Green
Interlock
INT-LK
Yellow
Interlock state
Pre-reset mode
External device
monitoring
EDM
Green
RESET input is in ON state *
Lockout state due to EDM error
Internal error
INTERNAL
Red
−
Lockout state due to Internal error, or error due
to abnormal power supply or noise
Lockout
LOCKOUT
Red
−
Lockout state due to error in receiver
Stable-state
STB
Green
Incident light level is 170% or higher of ON-threshold
Green
Safety output is in ON state
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
Teach-in mode, zone measurement beng performed
by Dynamic Muting, or Lockout state due to
Parameter error or Cascading Configuration error
−
Safety output is instantaneously turned OFF due to
ambient light or vibration
−
Red
Safety output is in OFF state, or the sensor is in
Setting state
Lockout state due to Safety Output error, or error due
to abnormal power supply or noise
Synchronization between emitter and receiver is
maintained
Lockout state due to Communication error, or error
due to abnormal power supply or noise
The bottom beam is unblocked
Muting/Override state, or Lockout state due to DIP
Switch setting error
Communication
COM
Green
Bottom-beam-state
BTM
Blue
* The LED is illuminated when the EDM input is in ON state regardless of wiring with EDM used or unused.
Interface Unit
Main unit
PC/AT compatible machine (computer that runs Microsoft Windows)
Operating system (OS)
Windows 7 (32-bit/64-bit), Windows 8, 8.1 (32-bit/64-bit), Windows 10 (32-bit/64-bit)
Communication port
USB port ×1
Ambient temperature
Operating: -10 to 55°C, Storage: -30 to 70°C (non-icing and non-condensing)
Ambient humidity
Operating: 35% to 85%, Storage: 35% to 95% (non-condensing)
Lamp
Item
F39-LP
Applicable Sensor
F3SG-@RA/RR Series Safety Light Curtain (Receiver)
LED Light Color
Red/Orange/Green
Power Supply Voltage
24 VDC±20%, ripple p-p 10% max. (shares sensor′s power supply)
Current Consumption
25 mA max. (shares sensor′s power supply.)
Ambient Temperature
Operating: -10 to 55°C, Storage: -25 to 70°C
Ambient Humidity
Operating: 35% to 85%, Storage: 35% to 95%
Vibration Resistance
10 to 55 Hz, Multiple amplitude of 0.7 mm,20 sweeps for all 3 axes
Shock Resistance
100 m/s2 , 1000 shocks for all 3 axes
Degree of Protection
IP65 and IP67 (When attached to F3SG)
Type of Connection
Connectable to F3SG-RA′s terminal connector
Material
Lighting element: PC, Other body parts: PBT
Weight
45 g (when packaged)
27
F3SG-RA
Connections (Basic Wiring Diagram)
Standalone F3SG-RA using PNP Outputs
Standard Muting Mode/Exit-Only Muting Mode using PNP Outputs
The following is the example of External Device Monitoring disabled, Auto Reset mode, PNP output and External Test in 24 V Active.
DIP Switch settings *6
Function
DIP-SW1
EDM Disabled (factory default setting)
Receiver
Auto Reset (factory default setting)
PNP (factory default setting)
Emitter
DIP-SW2
2
ON
2
ON
3
ON
3
ON
4
ON
4
ON
7
ON
7
ON
External Test: 24 V Active (factory default setting)
4
ON
: Indicates a switch position.
Configure functions with the DIP Switches before wiring.
Emitter
Receiver
Wiring Example
24 VDC : Brown
OSSD2 : White
OSSD1 : Black
AUX : Red
MUTE B : Pink
RESET : Yellow *1
0 VDC : Blue
24 VDC : Brown
TEST : Black
Not used : Yellow
Not used : White
0 VDC : Blue
MUTE A : Gray
F39-JG@A-D
F39-JG@A-L
S2
*2
S1
+24 VDC
Power Supply
0 VDC
IN
Muting
Actuator *5
PLC *7
IN1
IN2
Safety
Controller *3 *4
Functional Earth
S1: Test Switch (Connect the line to 0 V if this switch
is not required)
S2: Lockout/Interlock Reset Switch,
Override Switch
or Override Cancel Switch
Beam state
*1.Also used as Override input line.
*2.Make sure to connect an override cancel switch to the Reset line when using the override function.
Otherwise the override state may not be released by the override cancel switch, resulting in serious
injury.
*3.Refer to page 30 for more information.
*4.The safety controller and the F3SG-RA must share the power supply or be connected to the common
terminal of the power supply.
*5.Refer to Smart Muting Actuator F3W-MA Series User's Manual for more information.
*6.The functions are configurable with DIP Switch. Refer to Safety Light Curtain F3SG-R Series User's
Manual for more information on setting the functions by the DIP Switch.
*7.When connecting to the PLC, the output mode must be changed with the Configuration Tool
according to your application.
Unblocked
Blocked
Test Switch (S1)
MUTE A
MUTE B
OSSD
Note: Functional earth connection is unnecessary when you use the F3SG-RA in a general industrial environment where noise control or stable
power supply is considered. However, when you use the F3SG-RA in an environment where there may be excessive noise from
surroundings or stable power supply may be interfered, it is recommended the F3SG-RA be connected to functional earth.
The wiring examples in later examples do not indicate functional earth. To use functional earth, wire an earth cable according to the example
above. Refer to Safety Light Curtain F3SG-R Series User's Manual for more information.
28
F3SG-RA
Standalone F3SG-RA using NPN Outputs
The following is the example of External Device Monitoring enabled, Auto Reset mode, NPN output and External Test in 0 V Active.
DIP Switch settings *3
Function
DIP-SW1
EDM Enabled
Receiver
Auto Reset (factory default setting)
NPN
Emitter
DIP-SW2
2
ON
2
ON
3
ON
3
ON
4
ON
4
ON
7
ON
7
ON
External Test: 0 V Active
4
F3SG-RA
Standard Muting Mode/Exit-Only Muting Mode using NPN Outputs
ON
: Indicates a switch position.
Configure functions with the DIP Switches before wiring.
Emitter
Receiver
Wiring Example
OSSD2 : White
KM1
KM2
24 VDC : Brown
OSSD1 : Black
AUX : Red
MUTE A : Gray
RESET : Yellow *1
0 VDC : Blue
24 VDC : Brown
TEST : Black
Not used : Yellow
Not used : White
0 VDC : Blue
MUTE B : Pink
F39-JG@A-D
F39-JG@A-L
KM1
KM2
+24 VDC
Power Supply
S3
S1
S4
S2
*2
S5
0 VDC
KM1
KM2
S1: Test Switch (Connect the line to 24 V if this switch is not required)
S2: Override Cancel Switch
S3: Lockout/Interlock Reset Switch or Override Switch
S4, S5: Muting sensor
KM1, KM2: Safety relay with forcibly guided
contacts (G7SA) or magnetic contactor
M: Motor
Beam state
M
IN
PLC *4
*1.Also used as Override input line.
*2.Make sure to connect an override cancel switch to the Reset line
when using the override function. Otherwise the override state may
not be released by the override cancel switch, resulting in serious
injury.
*3.The functions are configurable with DIP Switch. Refer to Safety
Light Curtain F3SG-R Series User's Manual for more information on
setting the functions by the DIP Switch.
*4.When connecting to the PLC, the output mode must be changed
with the Configuration Tool according to your application.
Unblocked
Blocked
Test Switch (S1)
MUTE A
MUTE B
OSSD
Note: For the functional earth connection, refer to page 28.
29
F3SG-RA
Connectable Safety Control Units
The F3SG-RA with PNP output can be connected to the safety control units listed in the table below.
Connectable Safety Control Units (PNP output)
Safety Relay Units
G9SA-301
G9SA-321-T@
G9SA-501
G9SB-200-B
G9SB-200-D
G9SB-301-B
G9SB-301-D
G9SE-201
G9SE-401
G9SE-221-T@
Flexible Safety Units
G9SX-AD322-T
G9SX-ADA222-T
G9SX-BC202
G9SX-GS226-T15
Safety Controllers
G9SP-N10S
G9SP-N10D
G9SP-N20S
NE0A-SCPU01
NE1A-SCPU01
NE1A-SCPU02
DST1-ID12SL-1
DST1-MD16SL-1
DST1-MRD08SL-1
NX-SIH400
NX-SID800
F3SP-T01
The F3SG-R with NPN output can be connected to the safety control unit listed in the table below.
Connectable Safety Control Units (NPN output)
Safety Relay Units
G9SA-301-P
30
F3SG-RA
Input/Output Circuit
Entire Circuit Diagram
F3SG-RA
The entire circuit diagram of the F3SG-RA is shown below.
The numbers in the circles indicate the connector's pin numbers.
PNP Output
Indicator
1
Test Input
Circuit
Emitter
Main Circuit
2
4
5
3
2
Receiver
Main Circuit 2
Reset input
circuit
1
Muting input
circuit B
4
Muting input
circuit A
3
6
+24 VDC
Brown
Black TEST
White Not used
Yellow Not used
Blue
Brown
Yellow RESET
Pink
MUTE B
Gray
MUTE A
White OSSD 2
Load
5
Black
OSSD 1
Receiver
Main Circuit 1
Load
Indicator
8
Red
AUX
Load
7
Blue
0 VDC
31
F3SG-RA
NPN Output
Indicator
1
Test Input
Circuit
Emitter
Main Circuit
2
4
5
3
2
+24 VDC
Brown
Black TEST
White Not used
Yellow Not used
Blue
Brown
Yellow RESET
Reset input
circuit
1
Muting input
circuit B
4
Muting input
circuit A
3
Pink
MUTE B
Gray
MUTE A
White
OSSD 2
Load
Receiver
Main Circuit 2
6
Load
5
Black
OSSD 1
Receiver
Main Circuit 1
Indicator
Load
8
7
32
Red
Blue
AUX
0 VDC
F3SG-RA
Input Circuit Diagram by Function
The input circuit diagrams of by function are shown below.
+24 VDC
+24 VDC
5V
Short circuit current:
3 mA
Emitter
Main
Circuit
F3SG-RA
PNP Output
Short circuit current *
Receiver
Main
Circuit
0 VDC
0 VDC
NPN Output
+24 VDC
+24 VDC
5V
Emitter
Main
Circuit
Short circuit current:
3 mA
0 VDC
Receiver
Main
Circuit
Short circuit current *
0 VDC
*Short circuit current: 5mA (Reset input), 3mA (Muting inputs A/B)
33
F3SG-RA
Dimensions
(Unit: mm)
Mounted with Standard Fixed Brackets (F39-LGF)
50.35
Backside Mounting
40
35
2-M5 or M6
F
P
24.85
150 max
2-M5 or M6
9.2
24.85
43
33
18
150 max
6.4
51
66
51
Standard
Fixed Bracket
(F39-LGF)
A
F
D
C2 (Protective height for 14mm)
C1 (Protective height for 30mm)
A
51
Standard
Fixed Bracket
(F39-LGF)
150 max
150 max
35
< Screw: M5 or M6 >
F3SG-RA-30 Series
F3SG-RA-14 Series
Dimension A
C1+18
Dimension A
C2+48
Dimension C1
4-digit number of the type name
(Protective height)
Dimension C2
4-digit number of the type name
(Protective height)
Dimension D
C1-50
Dimension D
C2-20
Dimension P
20
Dimension P
10
Protective height
(C1)
Number of Standard
Fixed Brackets *1
Dimension F
Protective height
(C2)
Number of Standard
Fixed Brackets *1
Dimension F
0190 to 1230
2 *2
1000 mm max.
0160 to 1200
2 *2
1000 mm max.
1310 to 2270
3
1000 mm max.
1280 to 2080
3
1000 mm max.
2350 to 2510
4
1000 mm max.
*1. The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
*2. Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible for the models of protective height of 0160 to 0270. In this case, locate this bracket
at half the Dimension A (or at the center of the sensor length).
34
F3SG-RA
Side Mounting
50.35
F3SG-RA
40
35
2-M5 or M6
F
A
6.4
51
51
66
Standard
Fixed Bracket
(F39-LGF)
F
D
C2 (Protective height for 14mm)
C1 (Protective height for 30mm)
A
51
Standard
Fixed Bracket
(F39-LGF)
150 max
150 max
35
P
43
33
18
150 max
150 max
2-M5 or M6
9.2
42.35
< Screw: M5 or M6 >
F3SG-RA-30 Series
F3SG-RA-14 Series
Dimension A
C1+18
Dimension A
C2+48
Dimension C1
4-digit number of the type name
(Protective height)
Dimension C2
4-digit number of the type name
(Protective height)
Dimension D
C1-50
Dimension D
C2-20
Dimension P
20
Dimension P
10
Protective height
(C1)
Number of Standard
Fixed Brackets *1
Dimension F
Protective height
(C2)
Number of Standard
Fixed Brackets *1
Dimension F
0190 to 1230
2 *2
1000 mm max.
0160 to 1200
2 *2
1000 mm max.
1310 to 2270
3
1000 mm max.
1280 to 2080
3
1000 mm max.
2350 to 2510
4
1000 mm max.
*1. The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
*2. Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible for the models of protective height of 0160 to 0270. In this case, locate this bracket
at half the Dimension A (or at the center of the sensor length).
35
F3SG-RA
Mounted with Standard Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGA)
50.35
Backside Mounting
2-M5 or M6
F
24.85
150 max
2-M5 or M6
P
9.2
24.85
43
33
18
150 max
6.4
72
84
72
Standard
Adjustable Bracket
(F39-LGA)
A
F
D
C2 (Protective height for 14mm)
C1 (Protective height for 30mm)
A
72
Standard
Adjustable Bracket
(F39-LGA)
150 max
35
150 max
48.6
35
< Screw: M5 or M6 >
F3SG-RA-30 Series
F3SG-RA-14 Series
Dimension A
C1+18
Dimension A
C2+48
Dimension C1
4-digit number of the type name
(Protective height)
Dimension C2
4-digit number of the type name
(Protective height)
Dimension D
C1-50
Dimension D
C2-20
Dimension P
20
Dimension P
10
Protective height
(C1)
Number of Standard
Adjustable Brackets *1
Dimension F
Protective height
(C2)
Number of Standard
Adjustable Brackets *1
Dimension F
0190 to 1230
2 *2
1000 mm max.
0160 to 1200
2 *2
1000 mm max.
1310 to 2270
3
1000 mm max.
1280 to 2080
3
1000 mm max.
2350 to 2510
4
1000 mm max.
*1. The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
*2. Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible for the models of protective height of 0160 to 0270. In this case, locate this bracket
at half the Dimension A (or at the center of the sensor length).
36
F3SG-RA
Side Mounting
50.35
F3SG-RA
48.6
35
F
A
150 max
2-M5 or M6
43
33
18
9.2
42.35
150 max
P
6.4
72
72
84
Standard
Adjustable Bracket
(F39-LGA)
F
D
C2 (Protective height for 14mm)
C1 (Protective height for 30mm)
A
72
Standard
Adjustable Bracket
(F39-LGA)
2-M5 or M6
150 max
150 max
35
< Screw: M5 or M6 >
F3SG-RA-30 Series
F3SG-RA-14 Series
Dimension A
C1+18
Dimension A
C2+48
Dimension C1
4-digit number of the type name
(Protective height)
Dimension C2
4-digit number of the type name
(Protective height)
Dimension D
C1-50
Dimension D
C2-20
Dimension P
20
Dimension P
10
Protective height
(C1)
Number of Standard
Adjustable Brackets *1
Dimension F
Protective height
(C2)
Number of Standard
Adjustable Brackets *1
Dimension F
0190 to 1230
2 *2
1000 mm max.
0160 to 1200
2 *2
1000 mm max.
1310 to 2270
3
1000 mm max.
1280 to 2080
3
1000 mm max.
2350 to 2510
4
1000 mm max.
*1. The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
*2. Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible for the models of protective height of 0160 to 0270. In this case, locate this bracket
at half the Dimension A (or at the center of the sensor length).
37
F3SG-RA
Mounted with Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGTB) and Standard Adjustable
Brackets (F39-LGA)
Dimensions when using the F3SG-RA Series except the F3SG-4RA0190-30 and F3SG-4RA0160-14
Refer to Safety Light Curtain F3SG-R Series User's Manual for the dimensions when using the F3SG-4RA0190-30 and F3SG-4RA0160-14.
Backside Mounting
2-M5 or M6
2-M8
4
4
38.5
35
25.75
26.5
23.2
48.6
8.2
Top/Bottom
Adjustable Bracket
(F39-LGTB)
6.5
53.25
2-S3
Backside : 2-S3
40.8
4
35
9.2
72
72
H
G
D
6.4
G
I
H
84
72
S2.5
A
Standard Adjustable
Bracket
(F39-LGA)
C1 (Protective height for 30 mm)
F
F
35
C2 (Protective height for 14 mm)
13.6
2-M5 or M6
2-M5 or M6
24.85
24.85
P
24.85
46.5
33.75
18
33
43
12
Top/Bottom
Adjustable Bracket
(F39-LGTB)
F3SG-RA-30 Series
F3SG-RA-14 Series
Dimension A
C1+18
Dimension A
C2+48
Dimension C1
4-digit number of the type name
(Protective height)
Dimension C2
4-digit number of the type name
(Protective height)
Dimension D
C1-50
Dimension D
C2-20
Dimension G
C1+77.5
Dimension G
C2+107.5
Dimension H
C1+103
Dimension H
C2+133
Dimension I
C1+122
Dimension I
C2+152
Dimension P
20
Dimension P
10
Protective height Number of Top/Bottom
(C1)
Adjustable Brackets
38
Number of Standard
Adjustable Brackets
Dimension F
Protective height Number of Top/Bottom
(C2)
Adjustable Brackets
Number of Standard
Adjustable Brackets
Dimension F
0270 to 1070
2
0
−
0240 to 1040
2
0
−
1150 to 1950
2
1
1000 mm max.
1120 to 1920
2
1
1000 mm max.
2030 to 2510
2
2
1000 mm max.
2000 to 2080
2
2
1000 mm max.
F3SG-RA
Side Mounting
F3SG-RA
2-S3
50.35
35
26.5
23.2
Top/Bottom
Adjustable Bracket
(F39-LGTB)
2-M5 or M6
2-M8
6.5
4
4
38.5
25.75
8.2
51.65
Backside : 2-S3
40.8
D
C2 (Protective height for 14 mm)
C1 (Protective height for 30 mm)
43
33
18
F
F
9.2
2-M5 or M6
72
G
A
2-M5 or M6
H
I
H
G
6.4
84
72
Standard
Adjustable Bracket
(F39-LGA)
S2.5
F
35
35
72
9.6
P
42.35
46.5
33.75
12
Top/Bottom
Adjustable Bracket
(F39-LGTB)
F3SG-RA-30 Series
F3SG-RA-14 Series
Dimension A
C1+18
Dimension A
C2+48
Dimension C1
4-digit number of the type name
(Protective height)
Dimension C2
4-digit number of the type name
(Protective height)
Dimension D
C1-50
Dimension D
C2-20
Dimension G
C1+77.5
Dimension G
C2+107.5
Dimension H
C1+103
Dimension H
C2+133
Dimension I
C1+122
Dimension I
C2+152
Dimension P
20
Dimension P
10
Protective height Number of Top/Bottom
(C1)
Adjustable Brackets
Number of Standard
Adjustable Brackets
Dimension F
Protective height Number of Top/Bottom
(C2)
Adjustable Brackets
Number of Standard
Adjustable Brackets
Dimension F
0270 to 1070
2
0
−
0240 to 1040
2
0
−
1150 to 1950
2
1
1000 mm max.
1120 to 1920
2
1
1000 mm max.
2030 to 2510
2
2
1000 mm max.
2000 to 2080
2
2
1000 mm max.
39
F3SG-RA
Accessories
Sensor Mounting Brackets
Standard Fixed Bracket (F39-LGF)
(25.8)
66
(23.1)
8
9.2
32.1
36
6.4
Material: Zinc alloy
51
Standard Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGA, sold separately)
42
45.1
(34.5)
(31.8)
8
9.2
32.9
84
6.4
Material: Zinc alloy ,Fluorochemical lubricant oil
72
Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGTB, sold separately)
31
26
Top/Bottom
Bracket (1)
67
18
23.5
4
Screw (2)
161
Top/Bottom
Bracket (2)
20
44
4
5
5
23.2
48.25
26.5
22.25
6.5
4
9.5
8.2
Top/Bottom
Bracket (3)
Screw(1)
35
40.8
40
Material: Stainless steel
F3SG-RA
Safety light curtain connecting cable
Single-Ended Cable for Emitter (F39-JGA-L, sold separately)
F3SG-RA
L
dia.14.9
40.7
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, 5-wire
(Cross section of conductor: 0.38 mm2/insulator diameter: dia. 1.2 mm)
M12 IP67 connector
Single-Ended Cable for Receiver (F39-JGA-D, sold separately)
L
dia.14.9
40.7
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, 8-wire
(Cross section of conductor: 0.38 mm2/insulator diameter: dia. 1.2 mm)
M12 IP67 connector
Emitter cable (Gray)
Receiver cable (Black)
L (m)
F39-JG3A-L
F39-JG3A-D
F39-JG7A-L
F39-JG7A-D
7
F39-JG10A-L
F39-JG10A-D
10
F39-JG15A-L
F39-JG15A-D
15
F39-JG20A-L
F39-JG20A-D
20
3
Double-Ended Cable for Emitter: Cable for extension (F39-JGB-L, sold separately)
L
44.7
dia.14.9
dia.14.9
40.7
M12 IP67 connector
M12 IP67 connector
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, 5-wire (2-pair + 1)
(Cross section of conductor: 0.38 mm2/insulator diameter: dia. 1.2 mm)
Double-Ended Cable for Receiver: Cable for extension (F39-JGB-D, sold separately)
L
44.7
dia.14.9
dia.14.9
40.7
M12 IP67 connector
Emitter cable (Gray)
M12 IP67 connector
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, 8-wire (4-pair)
(Cross section of conductor: 0.38 mm2/insulator diameter: dia. 1.2 mm)
Receiver cable (Black)
L (m)
F39-JGR5B-L
F39-JGR15B-D
F39-JG1B-L
F39-JG1B-D
1
F39-JG3B-L
F39-JG3B-D
3
F39-JG5B-L
F39-JG5B-D
5
F39-JG7B-L
F39-JG7B-D
7
F39-JG10B-L
F39-JG10B-D
10
F39-JG15B-L
F39-JG15B-D
15
F39-JG20B-L
F39-JG20B-D
20
0.5
41
F3SG-RA
24.2
Cascading Cable for Emitter (F39-JGR2W-L, sold separately)
200
23.4
M12 IP67 Connector 5-pin
40.7
10
dia. 14.9
dia. 6
M2.5 screw
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6 mm, 5-wire
(Cross section of conductor: 0.15 mm2/Insulator diameter: dia. 1 mm)
Connector
24.2
Cascading Cable for Receiver (F39-JGR2W-D, sold separately)
M12 IP67 Connector 8-pin
200
M2.5 screw
40.7
10
dia. 14.9
dia. 6
23.4
Connector
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6 mm, 8-wire
(Cross section of conductor: 0.15 mm2/Insulator diameter: dia. 1 mm)
Y-Joint Plug/Socket Connector (F39-GCNY2, sold separately)
Plug marked with
(bule circle): Connect to control panel side
Socket marked with
(white circle): Connect to emitter
15.0
17.7
45.5
.
35.0
CN2
To control
panel side
4.6
dia
40.7
To receiver
To emitter
CN1
M12 IP67 connector, 8-wire
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6
M12 IP67 connector, 8-wire
500
Material: PBT (Main body)
Interface Unit (F39-GIF, sold separately)
(625.7)
(46)
67.9
(11.8)
(12) (16)
35.8
Insulated vinyl round cable 4.6 dia. Standard length: 0.5 m
300
54.4
5.4 dia.
23.3
17.5 dia.
30
10
58
2,000
4.6 dia.
7.7
17.5 dia.
14.5
11
42
M12 x 1
M12 IP67 connector, 5-wire
F3SG-RA
Spatter Protection Cover (F39-HGA, sold separately)
Model
Total length
F39-HGA@@@@
@@@@+4
F39-HGA0550
558
Material: PC (Transparent cover)
ABS (Side wall)
Stainless steel (Bracket)
Aluminum adhesive tape
(Fixing sticker)
41.8
40
F3SG-RA
Assembled dimensions
Bluetooth Communication Unit
(F39-BT, sold separately)
Lamp and Bluetooth Communication Unit
(F39-BTLP, sold separately)
Lamp (F39-LP, sold separately)
35
35
30
30
35
35
35
16.5
28
35
2.4
2.4
Material: PBT
Material:
PC (Lighting element)
PBT (Other body parts)
Related Manuals
ManNo.
Z352
Model
F3SG-@R@@@@@@@@
Manual name
Safety Light Curtain F3SG-@R Series User's Manual
43
Safety Light Curtain Robust type
F3SG-RR
Enhanced Cutting Oil Resistance
• Mechanical seal structure prevents cutting oil
from getting inside
• Special materials and cables significantly enhanced
cutting oil resistance
• Rugged and compact housing. Perfect fit installation
• IP67G (JIS C 0920 Annex 1) rated
System Configuration
Mounting bracket
Accessory *1
F39-LP
Lamp
F39-LGRA
Free-Location Bracket
(Intermediate Bracket)
Emitter
Accessory
F39-BT
Bluetooth
Communication Unit
F39-BTLP
Lamp and Bluetooth
Communication Unit
F39-PTG
Laser Pointer *1
Receiver
Recommended safety controller *2
F39-JD@B
Double-Ended Cable *1
Emitter
Up to
three sets
NX/NE1A-series
Safety Network Controller
F39-JGR2W
Cascading Cable *1
Receiver
G9SP-series
Safety Controller
Accessory *1
PC
G9SE/G9SA-series
Safety Relay Unit
IF-U
F39-LGRTB
F39-LGRTB-2
F39-LGRTB-3
Top/Bottom Bracket
F39-GIF-1
Configuration Tool
Interface Unit *1
SD Manager 2
F39-JD@B
Double-Ended Cable *1
F39-JD@RA-L
F39-JD@RA-D
Single-Ended Cable (Oil-Resistant Cable)
F39-JD@A
Single-Ended Cable *1
or
G9SX-series
Flexible Safety Unit
G7SA/G7S-E
Relays with Forcibly
Guided Contacts
Accessory
F39-CN5
F39-JD@BA
Reduced wiring connector system *1
44
*1. When the accessory is used, protect it from
cutting oil.
*2. The recommended safety controller is required to
build a safety circuit using emergency stop
switches and door switches.
F3SG-RR
Ordering Information
Main Units
Safety Light Curtain
Finger protection
Number of
beams
Protective height
(mm)
23
240
31
320
39
Hand and arm protection
Number of
beams
Protective height
(mm)
F3SG-4RR0240-14
12
240
F3SG-4RR0240-25
F3SG-4RR0320-14
16
320
F3SG-4RR0320-25
400
F3SG-4RR0400-14
20
400
F3SG-4RR0400-25
47
480
F3SG-4RR0480-14
24
480
F3SG-4RR0480-25
55
560
F3SG-4RR0560-14
28
560
F3SG-4RR0560-25
63
640
F3SG-4RR0640-14
32
640
F3SG-4RR0640-25
71
720
F3SG-4RR0720-14
36
720
F3SG-4RR0720-25
79
800
F3SG-4RR0800-14
40
800
F3SG-4RR0800-25
87
880
F3SG-4RR0880-14
44
880
F3SG-4RR0880-25
95
960
F3SG-4RR0960-14
48
960
F3SG-4RR0960-25
103
1040
F3SG-4RR1040-14
52
1040
F3SG-4RR1040-25
111
1120
F3SG-4RR1120-14
56
1120
F3SG-4RR1120-25
119
1200
F3SG-4RR1200-14
60
1200
F3SG-4RR1200-25
127
1280
F3SG-4RR1280-14
64
1280
F3SG-4RR1280-25
135
1360
F3SG-4RR1360-14
68
1360
F3SG-4RR1360-25
143
1440
F3SG-4RR1440-14
72
1440
F3SG-4RR1440-25
151
1520
F3SG-4RR1520-14
76
1520
F3SG-4RR1520-25
159
1600
F3SG-4RR1600-14
80
1600
F3SG-4RR1600-25
167
1680
F3SG-4RR1680-14
84
1680
F3SG-4RR1680-25
175
1760
F3SG-4RR1760-14
88
1760
F3SG-4RR1760-25
183
1840
F3SG-4RR1840-14
92
1840
F3SG-4RR1840-25
191
1920
F3SG-4RR1920-14
96
1920
F3SG-4RR1920-25
Model
Model
F3SG-RR
45
F3SG-RR
Accessories (Sold separately)
Safety light curtain connecting cable
Single-Ended Cable (Oil-Resistant Cable)
Appearance
Type
Cable length
Specifications
Model
For emitter, M12 connector (8-pin), Color: Gray
Connected to Power Cable or Double-Ended Cable
3m
2
1
For emitter
M12 connector
(8-pin), 5 wires
Color: Gray
7
3
8
6
4
5
Female
7m
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
−
Brown
Black
−
Gray
Pink
Blue
−
Not used
+24 VDC
TEST
Not used
Not used
Not used
0 VDC
Not used
F39-JD3RA-L
F39-JD7RA-L
For receiver, M12 connector (8-pin), Color: Black
Connected to Power Cable or Double-Ended Cable
2
1
7
3m
For receiver
M12 connector
(8-pin), 8 wires
Color: Black
3
8
6
4
5
Female
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
White
Brown
Black
Yellow
Gray
Pink
Blue
Red
OSSD 2
+24 VDC
OSSD 1
AUX
MUTE A /PC COM (+)
MUTE B /PC COM (-)
0 VDC
RESET/EDM
F39-JD3RA-D
IP67 and IP67G (JIS C 0920 Annex 1)* rated when mated.
* F3SG-RR meets the degree of protection when this cable
is correctly connected with the power cable of the F3SGRR. The degree of protection is not satisfied with the part
where cable wires are uncovered.
Note: To extend the cable length to more than 7 m, add the F39-JD@B Double-Ended Cable.
When the Double-Ended Cable is used, protect it from cutting oil.
7m
F39-JD7RA-D
Single-Ended Cable (2 cables per set, one for emitter and one for receiver) *
Appearance
Cable length
Specifications
Model
For emitter M12 connector (8-pin), Color: Gray
3m
Connected to Power Cable or Double-Ended Cable
2
1
7
3
8
6
4
5
7m
Female
1 White
2 Brown
3 Black
4 Yellow
5 Gray
6 Pink
7 Blue
8 Red
Shield
Not used
+24 VDC
TEST
Not used
Not used
Not used
0 VDC
Not used
For receiver M12 connector (8-pin), Color: Black
10 m
Connected to Power Cable or Double-Ended Cable
2
1
7
6
15 m
3
8
5
4
Female
20 m
1 White
2 Brown
3 Black
4 Yellow
5 Gray
6 Pink
7 Blue
8 Red
Shield
OSSD 2
+24 VDC
OSSD 1
AUX
MUTE A /PC COM (+)
MUTE B /PC COM (-)
0 VDC
RESET/EDM
IP67* rated when mated.
F39-JD3A
F39-JD7A
F39-JD10A
F39-JD15A
F39-JD20A
* When the accessory is used, protect it from cutting oil.
* The cable for emitter and the cable for receiver are available separately. Add '-L' for emitter or '-D' for receiver to the end of the model number
when you order.
Single-Ended Cable for Emitter: F39-JD@A-L, Single-Ended Cable for Receiver: F39-JD@A-D
Note: 1. Use the F39-JD@RA-L/-D for applications where cutting oil resistance is required.
2. To extend the cable length to more than 20 m, add the F39-JD@B Double-Ended Cable.
46
F3SG-RR
Double-Ended Cable (2 cables per set, one for emitter and one for receiver) *
Appearance
Cable length
Specifications
For emitter M12 connector (8-pin), Color: Gray
0.5 m
Connected to Power Cable
or Double-Ended Cable
1m
2
1
7
3
8
6
4
5
3m
Female
5m
Model
F39-JDR5B
Connected to Single-Ended Cable, or
Double-Ended Cable
2 Brown
7 Blue
5 Gray
6 Pink
1 White
8 Red
3 Black
4 Yellow
Shield
2 Brown
7 Blue
5 Gray
6 Pink
1 White
8 Red
3 Black
4 Yellow
Shield
F39-JD1B
1
2
3
7
8
4
6
5
F39-JD3B
Male
F39-JD5B
For receiver, M12 connector(8-pin) Color: Black
Connected to Power Cable
or Double-Ended Cable
7m
7
6
3
8
5
4
Female
15 m
2 Brown
7 Blue
5 Gray
6 Pink
1 White
8 Red
3 Black
4 Yellow
Shield
2 Brown
7 Blue
5 Gray
6 Pink
1 White
8 Red
3 Black
4 Yellow
Shield
1
2
3
4
F39-JD7B
F39-JD10B
7
8
6
5
F39-JD15B
Male
IP67* rated when mated.
* When the accessory is used, protect it from cutting oil.
20 m
F3SG-RR
2
1
10 m
Connected to Single-Ended Cable, or
Double-Ended Cable
F39-JD20B
* The cable for emitter and the cable for receiver are available separately. Add '-L' for emitter or '-D' for receiver to the end of the model number
when you order.
Double-Ended Cable for Emitter: F39-JD@B-L, Double-Ended Cable for Receiver: F39-JD@B-D
Note: To extend the cable length to more than 20 m, add the F39-JD@B Double-Ended Cable to the F39-JD@A Single-Ended Cable.
To extend the cable length to more than 40 m, add several Double-Ended Cables to the Single-Ended Cable.
Example: To extend the cable length to 50 m, connect two F39-JD20B (20 m) cables and one F39-JD10A (10 m) cable.
Emitter
Receiver
Cable is gray
Cable is black
F39-JD@B-L (Gray)
F39-JD@A-L (Gray)
Double-Ended Cable
F39-JD@B
Single-Ended Cable
F39-JD@A
F39-JD@B-D (Black)
F39-JD@A-D (Black)
Reduced Wiring Connector System (Order the F39-CN5 and Cables for Reduce Wiring.)
Reduced Wiring Connector
Appearance
Specifications
F3SG-RR
Emitter
F3SG-RR
Receiver
Model
IP67* rated when mated.
* When the accessory is used,
protect it from cutting oil.
F39-CN5
Note: When using the Reduced Wiring Connector (F39-CN5), the following
functions are not available.
- Manual Reset
- External Device Monitoring
- Auxiliary Output
Make sure to keep the settings in the factory default.
F39-CN5
Reduced Wiring Connector
F39-JD@B-L
Double-Ended
Cable (Gray)
F39-JD@A-D
Single-Ended
Cable (Black)
Cable for Reduce Wiring* (2 cables per set, one for emitter and one for receiver)
Appearance
Cable length
Specifications
Remarks
Model
Emitter: 3 m
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD3B-L
F39-JD0303BA
Receiver: 3 m
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD3A-D
Emitter: 3 m
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD3B-L
F39-JD0307BA
Receiver: 7 m
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD7A-D
Emitter: 3 m
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD3B-L
F39-JD0310BA
Receiver: 10 m
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD10A-D
Emitter: 5 m
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD5B-L
IP67* rated
F39-JD0503BA
Receiver: 3 m
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD3A-D
when mated.
Emitter: 5 m
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD5B-L
F39-JD0507BA
* When the
Receiver: 7 m
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD7A-D
accessory is
Emitter: 5 m
used, protect it Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD5B-L
F39-JD0510BA
Receiver: 10 m
from cutting oil. Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD10A-D
Emitter: 10 m
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD10B-L
F39-JD1003BA
Receiver: 3 m
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD3A-D
Emitter: 10 m
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD10B-L
F39-JD1007BA
Receiver: 7 m
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD7A-D
Emitter: 10 m
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD10B-L
F39-JD1010BA
Receiver: 10 m
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD10A-D
Note: A combination of emitter and receiver cables of other lengths than the above is also available. For details, contact your Omron representative.
* Double-Ended Cable for emitter and Single-Ended Cable for receiver.
47
F3SG-RR
Cascading Cable (2 cables per set, one for emitter and one for receiver)
Appearance
Type
Cable length
Specifications
Secondary
sensor 1
(Emitter)
Model
Secondary
sensor 1
(Receiver)
Cascading Cable
F39-JGR2WTS
Cap (8-pin), M12
connector (8-pin)
0.2 m
Primary
sensor
(Emitter)
Primary
sensor
(Receiver)
Cable
F39-JD@A-L
F39-JGR2WTS
Cable
F39-JD@A-D
IP67* rated when mated.
* When the accessory is used, protect it from cutting oil.
Note: The Double-Ended Cable (up to 10 m: F39-JD10B) can be added to extend the cable length between the series-connected sensors.
Cable length between sensors: 10 m max. (not including cascading cable (F39-JGR2WTS) and power cable)
Remove the cap
Cable is gray
Cable is gray
Emitter
Emitter
F39-JD@B-L (Gray)
Double-Ended Cable
F39-JD@B
Receiver
Cascading Cable
F39-JGR2WTS
F39-JD@B-D (Black)
Receiver
Cable is black
Cable is black
Remove the cap
Sensor Mounting Brackets
Appearance
Specifications
Application
Model
Beam alignment after mounting possible. The angle
adjustment range is ±15°.
Free-Location Bracket
Side mounting and backside mounting possible.
(Intermediate Bracket)
(Sold separately as a set of 2 brackets. Refer to note *1
for the number of sets required for each model.)
F39-LGRA
Use this bracket at the top and bottom positions of the
F3SG-RR. Beam alignment after mounting possible. The
Top/Bottom Bracket *2 angle adjustment range is ±22.5°.
Side mounting and backside mounting possible.
(Sold separately as a set of 4 brackets.)
F39-LGRTB
Top/Bottom Bracket *2 The part of this bracket to contact with a wall surface has
a different shape from the F39-LGRTB Top/Bottom
Bracket.
Use this bracket when replacing an existing safety light
curtain with the F3SG-RR.
(Sold separately as a set of 4 brackets.)
F39-LGRTB-2
Top/Bottom Bracket *2 Select a bracket that fit into the existing mounting hole.
F39-LGRTB-3
*1. Protective height of 0240 to 1200 mm: 2 sets, Protective height of 1280 to 1920 mm: 3 sets
*2. Use the Top/Bottom Bracket in combination with the Intermediate Bracket.
Protective height of 1040 or less: The Intermediate Bracket is not required. Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Brackets (F39-LGRTB(-2/-3)).
Protective height of 1120 to 1920: Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Brackets (F39-LGRTB(-2/-3)) and 1 set of Intermediate Brackets (F39LGRA).
48
F3SG-RR
Interface units and configuration tool SD Manager 2 *
Appearance
Type
SD Manager 2
Specifications
The Configuration Tool SD Manager 2 is
available to download from our website at
http://www.ia.omron.com/f3sg-r_tool
Model
−
F39-GIF-1 interface unit to connect the F3SG-RR
receiver to a USB port of the PC
Interface Unit
F39-BT bluetooth unit to enable bluetooth on the
F3SG-RR
F39-GIF-1
F3SG-RR
Bluetooth
Communication Unit
Accessories:
F39-CN1 Branch Connector (1),
Connector Cap (1),
2-m Dedicated Cable (1),
Instruction Manual
F39-BT
IP67 rated when mated.
* When the accessory is used, protect it from cutting oil.
Lamp *
Appearance
Type
Lamp
Lamp and Bluetooth
Communication Unit
Specifications
Model
The lamp unit can be connected to a receiver and
turned ON based on the operation of F3SG-RA/RR.
The lamp can indicate red, orange, and green colors,
to which three different states can be assigned.
F39-LP
IP67 rated when mated.
F39-BTLP
* When the accessory is used, protect it from cutting oil.
End Cap *1 *2
Appearance
Specifications
Housing color: Black
For both emitter and receiver
(Attached to the F3SG-RR. The End Cap can be purchased if lost.)
Model
F39-CNM
IP67 rated when mated.
*1. This accessory can also be used with the F3SG-RA.
*2. When the accessory is used, protect it from cutting oil.
Laser Pointer for F3SG-R *
Appearance
Specifications
Model
The laser pointer is attached on the optical surface of the F3SG-R to help coarse
adjustment of beams.
F39-PTG
* When the accessory is used, protect it from cutting oil.
Test Rod
Diameter
Model
14 mm dia.
F39-TRD14
25 mm dia.
F39-TRD25
49
F3SG-RR
Ratings and Specifications
Main unit
The @@@@ in the model names indicate the protective heights in millimeters.
Object Resolution
(Detection Capability)
Beam Gap
Number of Beams
Lens Size
Protective Height
Operating Range
ON to OFF
Performance
Response Time
OFF to ON
F3SG-4RR-14
F3SG-4RR-25
Opaque objects
14-mm dia.
25-mm dia.
10 mm
20 mm
23 to 191
12 to 96
5.2 × 3.4 (W × H) mm
6.0 × 5.0 (W × H) mm
240 to 1920 mm
0.3 to 10.0 m
0.3 to 17.0 m
Normal mode: 8 to 18 ms *1
Slow mode: 16 to 36 ms *1 *2
Normal mode: 40 to 90ms (synchronized), 140 to 190ms (not synchronized) *1
*1. Response time when used in one segment system or in cascaded connection.
Refer to page 52.
*2. Selectable by Configuration Tool.
Effective Aperture Angle
±2.5° max., emitter and receiver at operating range of 3 m or greater
(EAA) (IEC 61496-2)
Light Source
Infrared LEDs, Wavelength: 870 nm
Startup Waiting Time
2 s max.
Power Supply Voltage (Vs)
SELV/PELV 24 VDC±20% (ripple p-p 10% max.)
Current Consumption
Refer to page 52 .
Two PNP or NPN transistor outputs
(PNP or NPN is selectable by Configuration Tool.)
Load current of 300 mA max., Residual voltage of 2 V max. (except for voltage drop due to cable
extension), Capacitive load of 1 μF max., Inductive load of 2.2 H max. *1
Safety Outputs (OSSD)
Leakage current of 1 mA max. (PNP), 2 mA max. (NPN) *2
Electrical
Functional
50
*1. The load inductance is the maximum value when the safety output frequently repeats ON and OFF.
When you use the safety output at 4 Hz or less, the usable load inductance becomes larger.
*2. These values must be taken into consideration when connecting elements including a capacitive
load such as a capacitor.
One PNP or NPN transistor output
(PNP or NPN is selectable by Configuration Tool.)
Auxiliary Output
Load current of 100 mA max., Residual voltage of 2 V max .
Safety Output
Light-ON (Safety output is enabled when the receiver receives an emitting signal.)
Output Operation
Safety output (Inverted signal output:Enable) (default)
Mode
Auxiliary Output
(Cofigurable by Configuration Tool)
PNP
External device
ON voltage: Vs-3 V to Vs (short circuit current: approx. 6.5 mA) *
monitoring
OFF voltage: 0 V to 1/2 Vs, or open (short circuit current: approx. 8.0 mA) *
input
NPN
(Lockout
ON voltage: 0 V to 3 V (short circuit current: approx. 8.0 mA)
reset input)
OFF voltage: 1/2 Vs to Vs, or open (short circuit current: approx. 6.5 mA) *
PNP
ON voltage: Vs-3 V to Vs (short circuit current: approx. 3.0 mA) *
Muting
OFF voltage: 0 V to 1/2 Vs, or open (short circuit current: approx. 5.0 mA) *
input A/B
NPN
Input Voltage
ON voltage: 0 V to 3 V (short circuit current: approx. 5.0 mA)
OFF voltage: 1/2 Vs to Vs, or open (short circuit current: approx. 3.0 mA) *
24 V Active setting:
ON voltage: 9 V to Vs (short circuit current: approx. 2.5 mA) *
OFF voltage: 0 V to 1.5 V or open (short circuit current: approx. 2.0 mA)
Test input
0 V Active setting:
ON voltage: 0 V to 3 V (short circuit current: approx. 2.0 mA)
OFF voltage: 9 V to Vs or open (short circuit current: approx. 2.5 mA) *
* The Vs indicates a supply voltage value in your environment.
Overvoltage Category (IEC 60664-1)
II
Indicators
Refer to page 54.
Protective Circuit
Output short protection, Power supply reverse polarity protection
Insulation Resistance
20 MΩ or higher (500 VDC megger)
Dielectric Strength
1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz (1 min)
Mutual Interference Prevention
This function prevents mutual interference in up to two F3SG-RR systems.
(Scan Code)
Number of cascaded segments: 3 max.
Total number of beams: 255 max.
Cascade Connection
Cable length between sensors: 10 m max.
(not including cascading cable (F39-JGR2WTS) and power cable)
Self-test (at power-on, and during operation)
Test Function
External test (light emission stop function by test input)
Interlock
External device monitoring (EDM)
Pre-reset
Fixed blanking/Floating blanking
Safety-Related Functions
Reduced resolution
Muting/Override
Scan code selection
PNP/NPN selection
Response time adjustment
F3SG-RR
Ambient
Temperature
Ambient
Humidity
Operating
Storage
Operating
Storage
Ambient Illuminance
Environmental
Degree of Protection
(IEC 60529)
Vibration Resistance
(IEC 61496-1)
Shock Resistance
(IEC 61496-1)
Pollution Degree
(IEC 60664-1)
10 to 55 Hz, Multiple amplitude of 0.7 mm, 20 sweeps for all 3 axes
100 m/s2, 1000 shocks for all 3 axes
Pollution Degree 3
Connections
Number of Wires
Cable Length
Cable Diameter
Minimum Bending
Radius
Type of Connection
Number of Wires
Cable Length
Cable Diameter
Minimum Bending
Radius
Type of Connection
F39-JD@RA-@
Oil-Resistant cable
- Single-Ended
Cable
Number of Wires
Cable Length
Cable Diameter
Minimum Bending
Radius
Type of Connection
Extension cable
Number of Wires
- Single-Ended
Cable Length
Cable (F39-JD@A)
Cable Diameter
- Double-Ended
Cable (F39-JD@B) Minimum Bending
Radius
Extension of Power Cable
Material
Material
Weight
Included Accessories
Conformity
Conforming standards
Performance Level (PL)/Safety category
PFHD
Proof test interval TM
SFF
HFT
Classification
M12 connectors: 8-pin emitter and receiver. Cables prewired to the sensors.
IP67 and IP67G (JIS C 0920 Annex 1) * rated when mated.
*F3SG-RR meets the degree of protection when it is correctly connected with an F39-JD@@RA-@
Oil-Resistant cable.
Emitter: 5, Receiver: 8
0.3 m
6 mm
F3SG-RR
Cascading cable
F3SG-4RR-25
IEC 60529: IP65 and IP67, JIS C 0920 Annex 1: IP67G
Type of Connection
Power cable
F3SG-4RR-14
-10 to 55°C (14 to 131°F) (non-icing)
-25 to 70°C (-13 to 158°F)
35% to 85% (non-condensing)
35% to 95%
Incandescent lamp: 3,000 Ix max. on receiver surface
Sunlight: 10,000 Ix max. on receiver surface
R36 mm
M12 connectors: 8-pin emitter and receiver. IP67 rated when mated.
Emitter: 5, Receiver: 8
0.3 m
6 mm
R5 mm
M12 connectors: 8-pin emitter and receiver. Cables prewired to the sensors.
IP67 and IP67G (JIS C 0920 Annex 1)* rated when mated.
* F3SG-RR meets the degree of protection when it is correctly connected with the power cable. The
degree of protection is not satisfied with the part where cable wires are uncovered.
Emitter: 5, Receiver: 8
Refer to page 46.
6 mm
R36 mm
M12 connectors: 8-pin emitter and receiver. IP67 rated when mated.
Emitter: 8, Receiver: 8
Refer to page 46 and 47.
6.6 mm
R36 mm
100 m max. (Emitter/Receiver)
Housing: Aluminum alloy
Cap: PBT resin
Front window: Acrylic resin
Cable: Fluororesin
FE plate: Stainless steel
Refer to page 52 .
Safety Precautions, Quick Installation Manual, Troubleshooting
Guide Sticker, Warning Zone Label, End Cap (for switching External
Test Input function)
Refer to page 53.
PL e/Category 4 (EN ISO 13849-1:2015)
1.1 × 10-8 (IEC 61508)
Every 20 years (IEC 61508)
99% (IEC 61508)
1 (IEC 61508)
Type B (IEC 61508-2)
Bluetooth Communication Unit
Communication System
Communication Profile
Transmission Distance
Bluetooth Version 3.0
SPP (Serial Port Profile)
Approx. 10 m max. (Output power: Class 2) *
* It depends on use environment conditions.
51
F3SG-RR
List of Models/Response Time/Current Consumption/Weight
F3SG-4RR@@@@-14
Number
of Beams
Protective
Height
[mm]
(Overall
length)
F3SG-4RR0240-14
23
240
8
F3SG-4RR0320-14
31
320
8
F3SG-4RR0400-14
39
400
F3SG-4RR0480-14
47
F3SG-4RR0560-14
Model
*1.
*2.
*3.
*4.
Current
Consumption [mA]
Response Time [ms] *1
OFF
ON → OFF *2 (Synchronized)
→ ON
Weight [kg]
OFF
(Not synchronized)
→ ON
Emitter
Receiver
Net *3
Gross
*4
40
140
45
75
0.7
1.5
40
140
55
75
0.9
1.7
8
40
140
60
80
1.1
2.0
480
13
65
165
50
80
1.3
2.3
55
560
13
65
165
55
80
1.5
2.5
F3SG-4RR0640-14
63
640
13
65
165
60
85
1.7
2.8
F3SG-4RR0720-14
71
720
13
65
165
65
85
1.9
3.1
F3SG-4RR0800-14
79
800
13
65
165
65
90
2.1
3.4
F3SG-4RR0880-14
87
880
13
65
165
70
90
2.4
3.6
F3SG-4RR0960-14
95
960
13
65
165
75
90
2.6
3.9
F3SG-4RR1040-14
103
1040
13
65
165
80
95
2.8
4.2
F3SG-4RR1120-14
111
1120
13
65
165
85
95
3.0
4.4
F3SG-4RR1200-14
119
1200
13
65
165
90
100
3.2
4.7
F3SG-4RR1280-14
127
1280
13
65
165
95
100
3.4
5.0
F3SG-4RR1360-14
135
1360
13
65
165
95
105
3.6
5.3
F3SG-4RR1440-14
143
1440
18
90
190
85
105
3.8
5.5
F3SG-4RR1520-14
151
1520
18
90
190
90
105
4.0
5.8
F3SG-4RR1600-14
159
1600
18
90
190
90
110
4.2
6.1
F3SG-4RR1680-14
167
1680
18
90
190
95
110
4.4
6.3
F3SG-4RR1760-14
175
1760
18
90
190
100
115
4.6
6.6
F3SG-4RR1840-14
183
1840
18
90
190
100
115
4.8
6.9
F3SG-4RR1920-14
191
1920
18
90
190
105
120
5.0
7.2
The maximum speed of movement of a test rod up to which the detection capability is maintained is 2.0 m/s.
The response times are values when Scan Code is set at Code B. The response times for Code A are 1 ms shorter than these values.
The net weight is the weight of an emitter and a receiver.
The gross weight is the weight of an emitter, a receiver, included accessories and a package.
F3SG-4RR@@@@-25
Number
of Beams
Protective
Height
[mm]
(Overall
length)
F3SG-4RR0240-25
12
240
8
F3SG-4RR0320-25
16
320
8
F3SG-4RR0400-25
20
400
F3SG-4RR0480-25
24
F3SG-4RR0560-25
Model
*1.
*2.
*3.
*4.
52
Current
Consumption [mA]
Response Time [ms] *1
OFF
ON → OFF *2 (Synchronized)
→ ON
Weight [kg]
OFF
(Not synchronized)
→ ON
Emitter
Receiver
Net *3
Gross
*4
40
140
35
75
0.7
1.6
40
140
40
75
0.9
1.9
8
40
140
45
75
1.1
2.1
480
8
40
140
50
75
1.3
2.4
28
560
8
40
140
50
75
1.5
2.7
F3SG-4RR0640-25
32
640
8
40
140
55
75
1.7
3.0
F3SG-4RR0720-25
36
720
8
40
140
60
80
1.9
3.2
F3SG-4RR0800-25
40
800
8
40
140
65
80
2.1
3.5
F3SG-4RR0880-25
44
880
13
65
165
50
80
2.3
3.8
F3SG-4RR0960-25
48
960
13
65
165
50
80
2.5
4.0
F3SG-4RR1040-25
52
1040
13
65
165
55
80
2.7
4.3
F3SG-4RR1120-25
56
1120
13
65
165
55
85
2.9
4.6
F3SG-4RR1200-25
60
1200
13
65
165
55
85
3.1
4.9
F3SG-4RR1280-25
64
1280
13
65
165
60
85
3.3
5.1
F3SG-4RR1360-25
68
1360
13
65
165
60
85
3.5
5.4
F3SG-4RR1440-25
72
1440
13
65
165
65
85
3.7
5.7
F3SG-4RR1520-25
76
1520
13
65
165
65
90
3.9
5.9
F3SG-4RR1600-25
80
1600
13
65
165
70
90
4.1
6.2
F3SG-4RR1680-25
84
1680
13
65
165
70
90
4.3
6.5
F3SG-4RR1760-25
88
1760
13
65
165
70
90
4.5
6.7
F3SG-4RR1840-25
92
1840
13
65
165
75
90
4.7
7.0
F3SG-4RR1920-25
96
1920
13
65
165
75
95
4.9
7.3
The maximum speed of movement of a test rod up to which the detection capability is maintained is 2.0 m/s.
The response times are values when Scan Code is set at Code B. The response times for Code A are 1 ms shorter than these values.
The net weight is the weight of an emitter and a receiver.
The gross weight is the weight of an emitter, a receiver, included accessories and a package.
F3SG-RR
Legislation and Standards
F3SG-RR
1. The F3SG-RR does not receive type approval provided by Article 44-2 of the Industrial Safety and Health Act of Japan. When using the F3SGRR in Japan as a "safety system for pressing or shearing machines" prescribed in Article 42 of that law, the machine control system must receive
type approval.
2. The F3SG-RR is electro-sensitive protective equipment (ESPE) in accordance with European Union (EU) Machinery Directive Index Annex V,
Item 2.
3. EC/EU Declaration of Conformity
OMRON declares that the F3SG-RR is in conformity with the requirements of the following EC/EU Directives:
Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC
EMC Directive 2014/30/EU
4. Conforming Standards
(1) European standards
EN61496-1 (Type 4 ESPE), EN 61496-2 (Type 4 AOPD), EN61508-1 through -4 (SIL 3), EN ISO 13849-1:2015 (PL e, Category 4)
(2) International standards
IEC61496-1 (Type 4 ESPE), IEC61496-2 (Type 4 AOPD), IEC61508-1 through -4 (SIL 3), ISO 13849-1:2015 (PL e, Category 4)
(3) JIS standards
JIS B 9704-1 (Type 4 ESPE), JIS B 9704-2 (Type 4 AOPD)
(4) North American standards
UL61496-1 (Type 4 ESPE), UL61496-2 (Type 4 AOPD), UL508, UL1998,
CAN/CSA C22.2 No.14, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.0.8
5. Third-Party Certifications
(1) TÜV SÜD
• EC Type-Examination certificate:
EU Machinery Directive, Type 4 ESPE (EN61496-1), Type 4 AOPD (EN 61496-2)
• Certificate:
Type 4 ESPE (EN61496-1), Type 4 AOPD (EN61496-2), EN 61508-1 through -4 (SIL 3), EN ISO 13849-1:2015 (PL e, Category 4)
(2) UL
• UL Listing:
Type 4 and ESPE (UL61496-1), Type 4 AOPD (UL61496-2), UL508, UL1998, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.14, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.0.8
6. Other Standards
The F3SG-RR is designed according to the standards listed below. To make sure that the final system complies with the following standards
and regulations, you are asked to design and use it in accordance with all other related standards, laws, and regulations. If you have any
questions, consult with specialized organizations such as the body responsible for prescribing and/or enforcing machinery safety regulations in
the location where the equipment is to be used.
• European Standards: EN415-4, EN691-1, EN692, EN693, IEC 62046
• U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Standards: OSHA 29 CFR 1910.212
• U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Standards: OSHA 29 CFR 1910.217
• American National Standards: ANSI B11.1 to B11.19
• American National Standards: ANSI/RIA R15.06
• Canadian Standards Association CSA Z142, Z432, Z434
• SEMI Standards SEMI S2
• Japan Ministry of Health, Labour and Welfare "Guidelines for Comprehensive Safety Standards of Machinery", Standard Bureau's Notification
No. 0731001 dated July 31, 2007.rms and Conditions Agreement
53
F3SG-RR
Indicator
Emitter
Name of Indicator
Color
Illuminated
Green
−
Blinking
Test
TEST
External Test is being performed
Operating range
LONG
Green
Always illuminated
Lockout state due to Scan code setting error
Power
POWER
Green
Power is ON.
Error due to noise
Lockout
LOCKOUT
−
Red
Lockout state due to error in emitter
Receiver
Name of Indicator
Top-beam-state
Color
Illuminated
TOP
Blue
PNP/NPN mode
NPN
Green
NPN mode is selected
Response time
SLOW
Green
Response Time Adjustment is enabled
Sequence error
SEQ
Yellow
Blanking
BLANK
Green
Configuration
CFG
Green
Interlock
INT-LK
Yellow
Interlock state
External device
monitoring
EDM
Green
RESET input is in ON state *1
Blinking
Muting/Override state, or Lockout state due to Cap
error or Other sensor error
The top beam is unblocked
−
−
−
Sequence error in Muting or Pre-reset mode
Blanking, Warning Zone or Reduced Resolution is
enabled
Blanking Monitoring error
Zone measurement being performed by Dynamic
Muting, or Lockout state due to Parameter error
or Cascading Configuration error
−
Pre-reset mode *2
Lockout state due to EDM error
Internal error
INTERNAL
Red
−
Lockout state due to Internal error, or error due
to abnormal power supply or noise
Lockout
LOCKOUT
Red
−
Lockout state due to error in receiver
Green
Safety output is instantaneously turned OFF due to
Incident light level is 170% or higher of ON-threshold
ambient light or vibration
Green
Safety output is in ON state
−
Safety output is in OFF state
Lockout state due to Safety Output error, or error due
to abnormal power supply or noise
Synchronization between emitter and receiver is
maintained
Lockout state due to Communication error, or error
due to abnormal power supply or noise
The bottom beam is unblocked
Muting/Override state, or Lockout state due to Scan
code setting error
Stable-state
STB
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
Communication
COM
Green
Bottom-beam-state
BTM
Blue
Red
Note: TOP, CFG, LOCKOUT, STB and ON/OFF indicators are illuminated when the receiver of the F3SG-RR is in Setting mode.
*1. The EDM indicator is illuminated when the EDM input is in the ON state regardless of the use of the EDM function.
*2. Refer to Safety Light Curtain F3SG-@RR Series User's Manual (ManNo.: Z383) for more information of blinking patterns.
Interface Unit
Main Unit
PC/AT compatible machine (computer that runs Microsoft Windows)
Operating System (OS)
Windows 7 (32-bit/64-bit), Windows 8, 8.1 (32-bit/64-bit), Windows 10 (32-bit/64-bit)
Communication Port
USB port ×1
Ambient Temperature
Operating: -10 to 55°C, Storage: -30 to 70°C (non-icing and non-condensing)
Ambient Humidity
Operating: 35% to 85%, Storage: 35% to 95% (non-condensing)
Lamp
Item
54
F39-LP
Applicable Sensor
F3SG-@RA/RR Series Safety Light Curtain (Receiver)
LED Light Color
Red/Green/Orange
Power Supply Voltage
24 VDC±20%, ripple p-p 10% max. (shares sensor’s power supply)
Current Consumption
25 mA max. (shares sensor’s power supply.)
Ambient Temperature
Operating: -10 to 55°C, Storage: -25 to 70°C
Ambient Humidity
Operating: 35% to 85%, Storage: 35% to 95%
Vibration Resistance
10 to 55 Hz, Multiple amplitude of 0.7 mm, 20 sweeps for all 3 axes
Shock Resistance
100 m/s2 , 1000 shocks for all 3 axes
Degree of Protection
IP65 and IP67 (When attached to F3SG)
Type of Connection
Connectable to F3SG-RA/RR’s terminal connector
Material
Lighting element: PC, Other body parts: PBT
Weight
45 g (when packaged)
F3SG-RR
Connections (Basic Wiring Diagram)
Standalone F3SG-RR using PNP Outputs
Auto Reset Mode, EDM enabled and PNP Outputs
The following is the example of Muting not used, External Device Monitoring enabled, Auto Reset Mode, PNP outputs and External Test in 24 V
Active (not used).
Settings
Function
EDM Enabled (factory default setting) *1
Receiver
Auto Reset (factory default setting) *1
Emitter
External Test: 24 V Active (End Cap: Black) (factory default setting)
PNP (factory default setting) *1
Emitter
Receiver
F3SG-RR
Wiring Example
F39-JD@@A-L *5
F39-JD@@A-D *5
MUTE B (Pink)
MUTE A (Gray)
AUX (Yellow)
OSSD 2 (White)
OSSD 1 (Black)
RESET (Red) *3
+24 VDC (Brown)
KM2
0 VDC (Blue)
Not used (Yellow) *4
Not used (White) *4
Not used (Red) *4
Not used (Pink)
Not used (Gray)
TEST (Black) *2
+24 VDC (Brown)
0 VDC (Blue)
KM1
M
KM1 KM2
+24 VDC
Power Supply
0 VDC
KM1
KM2
Functional Earth
Beam state
Unblocked
Blocked
OSSD
KM1, KM2: Safety relay with forcibly guided contacts (G7SA)
M: Motor
*1.The functions are configurable with Configuration Tool. Refer to Safety Light
Curtain Configuration Tool for Model F3SG (SD Manager 2) User’s Manual
for more information on setting the functions by the Configuration Tool.
*2.Connect the line to 24 V via a test switch (N.O. contact) if External Test is
used.
*3.Also used as EDM input line. Connect a lockout reset switch (N.C. contact)
to this line in series with the KM1 and KM2 if Lockout Reset is used.
*4.The F39-JD@RA-L Single-Ended Cable for Emitter (Oil-Resistant Cable)
does not have the red, white and yellow wires.
*5.For the F39-JD@A-@ Single-Ended Cable, connect the shield line to 0 V.
Note: Functional earth connection is unnecessary when you use the F3SG-RR in a general industrial environment where noise
control or stable power supply is considered. However, when you use the F3SG-RR in an environment where there may
be excessive noise from surroundings or stable power supply may be interfered, it is recommended the F3SG-RR be
connected to functional earth.
The wiring examples in later examples do not indicate functional earth. To use functional earth, wire an earth cable
according to the example above. Refer to Safety Light Curtain F3SG-RR Series User's Manual for more information.
55
F3SG-RR
Standalone F3SG-RR using NPN Outputs
Auto Reset Mode, EDM enabled and NPN Outputs
The following is the example of Muting not used, External Device Monitoring enabled, Auto Reset Mode, NPN outputs and External Test in 0 V
Active (not used).
Settings
Function
EDM Enabled (factory default setting) *1
Receiver
Auto Reset (factory default setting) *1
Emitter
External Test: 0 V Active (End Cap: White)
NPN *1
Emitter
Receiver
Wiring Example
F39-JD@@A-D *5
KM1
MUTE B (Pink)
MUTE A (Gray)
AUX (Yellow)
OSSD 2 (White)
OSSD 1 (Black)
RESET (Red) *3
+24 VDC (Brown)
KM2
0 VDC (Blue)
Not used (Yellow) *4
Not used (White) *4
Not used (Red) *4
Not used (Pink)
Not used (Gray)
TEST (Black) *2
+24 VDC (Brown)
0 VDC (Blue)
F39-JD@@A-L *5
M
KM1 KM2
+24 VDC
Power Supply
0 VDC
KM1
KM2
KM1, KM2: Safety relay with forcibly guided contacts (G7SA)
M: Motor
Beam state
Unblocked
Blocked
OSSD
Note: For the functional earth connection, refer to page 55.
56
*1.The functions are configurable with Configuration Tool. Refer to Safety
Light Curtain Configuration Tool for Model F3SG (SD Manager 2) User’s
Manual for more information on setting the functions by the Configuration
Tool.
*2.Connect the line to 0 V via a test switch (N.O. contact) if External Test is
used.
*3.Also used as EDM input line. Connect a lockout reset switch (N.C. contact)
to this line in series with the KM1 and KM2 if Lockout Reset is used.
*4.The F39-JD@RA-L Single-Ended Cable for Emitter (Oil-Resistant Cable)
does not have the red, white and yellow wires.
*5.For the F39-JD@A-@ Single-Ended Cable, connect the shield line to 0 V.
F3SG-RR
Connectable Safety Control Units
The F3SG-RR with PNP output can be connected to the safety control units listed in the table below.
Connectable Safety Control Units (PNP output)
Safety Relay Units
G9SX-AD322-T
G9SX-ADA222-T
G9SX-BC202
G9SX-GS226-T15
Safety Controllers
G9SP-N10S
G9SP-N10D
G9SP-N20S
NE0A-SCPU01
NE1A-SCPU01
NE1A-SCPU02
DST1-ID12SL-1
DST1-MD16SL-1
DST1-MRD08SL-1
NX-SIH400
NX-SID800
F3SP-T01
The F3SG-R with NPN output can be connected to the safety control units listed in the table below.
F3SG-RR
G9SA-301
G9SA-321-T@
G9SA-501
G9SB-200-B
G9SB-200-D
G9SB-301-B
G9SB-301-D
G9SE-201
G9SE-401
G9SE-221-T@
Flexible Safety Units
Connectable Safety Control Units (NPN output)
Safety Relay Units
G9SA-301-P
57
F3SG-RR
Input/Output Circuit
Entire Circuit Diagram
The entire circuit diagram of the F3SG-RR is shown below.
The numbers in the circles indicate the connector's pin numbers.
PNP Output
White
Not used
Indicator
+24 VDC
Brown
Test Input
Circuit
Emitter
Main Circuit
Black
TEST
Yellow Not used
Gray Not used
Pink Not used
Blue
Red Not used
Brown
EDM
circuit
Red
Pink MUTE B /PC COM (-) *
Gray MUTE A /PC COM (+) *
Receiver
Main Circuit 2
White
OSSD 2
Load
Black
OSSD 1
Receiver
Main Circuit 1
Load
Yellow
AUX
Indicator
Load
Blue
* This line is used for communication with a PC using the F39-GIF-1 Interface Unit.
58
0 VDC
F3SG-RR
NPN Output
White
Not used
Indicator
+24 VDC
Brown
Test Input
Circuit
Emitter
Main Circuit
Black
TEST
Yellow
Not used
Pink
F3SG-RR
Gray Not used
Not used
Blue
Red Not used
Brown
EDM
circuit
Red
Pink
RESET/EDM
MUTE B /
PC COM (-) *
MUTE A /
Gray PC COM (+) *
Receiver
Main Circuit 2
Load
White OSSD 2
Load
Black
OSSD 1
Receiver
Main Circuit 1
Load
Yellow
AUX
Indicator
Blue
0 VDC
* This line is used for communication with a PC using the F39-GIF-1 Interface Unit.
59
F3SG-RR
Input Circuit Diagram by Function
The input circuit diagrams of by function are shown below.
Test Input
+24 VDC
+24 VDC
5V
5V
Short circuit current:
Approx. 2.5 mA
Emitter
Main
Circuit
Emitter
Main
Circuit
0 VDC
Short circuit current:
Approx. 2.0 mA
0 VDC
Reset/EDM
+24 VDC
Receiver
Main
Circuit
Short circuit current:
Approx. 6.5 mA
+24 VDC
Receiver
Main
Circuit
Short circuit current:
Approx. 8 mA
0 VDC
60
0 VDC
F3SG-RR
Dimensions
(Unit: mm)
Mounted with Free-Location Brackets (F39-LGRA)
Backside Mounting
31.4
150 max.
Free-Location Bracket
(F39-LGRA)
P
F
3.95
150 max.
56.5
2-M5 or M6
10
150 max.
73
56.5
2-M4
C
D
F
6.3
26.3
3.95
F3SG-RR
2-M4
Free-Location Bracket
(F39-LGRA)
C (Protective height)
56.5
2-M5 or M6
150 max.
(10)
46.35
38
50
Dimension C
4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
Dimension D
Dimension P
C-20
F3SG-4RR@@@@-14
10
F3SG-4RR@@@@-25
20
Protective height
(C)
Number of Free-Location
Brackets *1
Dimension F
0240 to 1200
2 *2
1000 mm max.
1280 to 1920
3
1000 mm max.
*1. The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
*2. Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible for the model of protective height of 0240. In this case, locate this
bracket at half the Dimension C (or at the center of the sensor length).
61
F3SG-RR
Side Mounting
31.4
38
150 max.
Free-Location Bracket
(F39-LGRA)
16.3
F
D
F
6.3
23.5
C
2-M4
Free-Location Bracket
(F39-LGRA)
C (Protective height)
56.5
2-M5 or M6
150 max.
(10)
50
2-M5 or M6
150 max.
56.5
P
10
150 max.
73
56.5
2-M4
46.35
Dimension C
4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
Dimension D
Dimension P
C-20
F3SG-4RR@@@@-14
10
F3SG-4RR@@@@-25
20
Protective height
(C)
Number of Free-Location
Brackets *1
Dimension F
0240 to 1200
2 *2
1000 mm max.
1280 to 1920
3
1000 mm max.
*1. The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
*2. Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible for the model of protective height of 0240. In this case, locate this
bracket at half the Dimension C (or at the center of the sensor length).
62
F3SG-RR
Mounted with Top/Bottom Brackets (F39-LGRTB) and Intermediate Bracket (F39-LGRA)
Backside Mounting
31.4
19
7.5
3
19
9 dia.
2-M8
4-M5
N1
Top/Bottom Bracket
(F39-LGRTB)
5.5
(10)
38
Backside:2-M4
F
F
H
C
56.5
C
G
2-M5 or M6
56.5
D
2-M4
C (Protective height)
G
I
H
2-M5 or M6
73
56.5
26.3
3.95
F3SG-RR
Intermediate Bracket
(F39-LGRA)
F
12
3.95
6.3
3.95
10
N2
P
Top/Bottom Bracket
(F39-LGRTB)
46.35
19
50
2-M4
Dimension C
4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
Dimension D
C-20
Dimension G
C+27.2+N1+N2
Dimension H
C+38+N1+N2
Dimension I
C+58+N1+N2
Dimension N1
0 to 30
Dimension N2
Dimension P
Protective
height (C)
0 to 13
F3SG-4RR@@@@-14
10
F3SG-4RR@@@@-25
20
Number of Top/
Bottom Brackets *
Number of
Intermediate
Brackets *
Dimension F
0240 to 1040
2
0
−
1120 to 1920
2
1
1000 mm max.
* The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
63
F3SG-RR
Side Mounting
50
38
19.35
31.4
9 dia.
19
3
19
2-M8
(10)
4-M5
N1
5.5
Top/Bottom Bracket
(F39-LGRTB)
Backside:2-M4
4.15
6.3
4.15
Intermediate Bracket
(F39-LGRA)
10
N2
P
Top/Bottom Bracket
(F39-LGRTB)
19
46.35
2-M4
Dimension C
4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
Dimension D
C-20
Dimension G
C+27.2+N1+N2
Dimension H
C+38+N1+N2
Dimension I
C+58+N1+N2
Dimension N1
0 to 30
Dimension N2
Dimension P
0 to 13
F3SG-4RR@@@@-14
10
F3SG-4RR@@@@-25
20
Protective
height (C)
Number of Top/
Bottom Brackets *
Number of
Intermediate
Brackets *
0240 to 1040
2
0
−
1120 to 1920
2
1
1000 mm max.
Dimension F
* The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
64
H
C
C
G
2-M5 or M6
56.5
D
2-M4
C (Protective height)
I
H
G
56.5
2-M5 or M6
56.5
16.3
4.15
73
F
F
F
31.4
F3SG-RR
Mounted with Top/Bottom Brackets (F39-LGRTB-2) and Intermediate Bracket (F39-LGRA)
3
32
20
5.5
9 dia.
2-M8
20
23.5
24.5
Backside Mounting
4-M5
2-M6
6.5
(10)
38
N1
Top/Bottom Bracket
(F39-LGRTB-2)
Backside:2-M4
12
F
F
F
6.3
2-M4
3.95
I
G
C
C
H
2-M5 or M6
56.5
C(Protective height)
D
G
I
H
J
73
56.5
2-M5 or M6
56.5
26.3
3.95
F3SG-RR
31.4
Intermediate Bracket
(F39-LGRA)
3.95
P
46.35
10
N2
Top/Bottom Bracket
(F39-LGRTB-2)
20
50
2-M4
Dimension C
4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
Dimension D
C-20
Dimension G
C+51+N1+N2
Dimension H
C+54+N1+N2
Dimension I
C+88+N1+N2
Dimension J
C+106+N1+N2
Dimension N1
0 to 30
Dimension N2
Dimension P
Protective
height (C)
0 to 13
F3SG-4RR@@@@-14
10
F3SG-4RR@@@@-25
20
Number of Top/
Bottom Brackets *
Number of
Intermediate
Brackets *
Dimension F
0240 to 1040
2
0
−
1120 to 1920
2
1
1000 mm max.
* The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
65
F3SG-RR
Side Mounting
50
38
19.35
32
3
20
9 dia.
2-M8
20
4-M5
2-M6
5.5
Backside:2-M4
31.4
F
F
F
Top/Bottom Bracket
F39-LGRTB-2
N1
24.5
23.5
(10)
6.5
I
G
4.15
6.3
4.15
C
H
C
56.5
D
C(Protective height)
I
J
H
G
2-M4
56.5
2-M5 or M6
2-M5 or M6
56.5
73
16.3
4.15
Intermediate Bracket
(F39-LGRA)
10
N2
P
Top/Bottom Bracket
(F39-LGRTB-2)
20
46.35
2-M4
Dimension C
4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
Dimension D
C-20
Dimension G
C+51+N1+N2
Dimension H
C+54+N1+N2
Dimension I
C+88+N1+N2
Dimension J
C+106+N1+N2
Dimension N1
0 to 30
Dimension N2
Dimension P
0 to 13
F3SG-4RR@@@@-14
10
F3SG-4RR@@@@-25
20
Protective
height (C)
Number of Top/
Bottom Brackets *
Number of
Intermediate
Brackets *
0240 to 1040
2
0
−
1120 to 1920
2
1
1000 mm max.
Dimension F
* The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
66
F3SG-RR
Mounted with Top/Bottom Brackets (F39-LGRTB-3) and Intermediate Bracket (F39-LGRA)
Backside Mounting
4
8.2
6.5
35
26.5
23.2
2-M8
2-M5 or M6
(10)
38
N1
Top/Bottom Bracket
(F39-LGRTB-3)
Backside:2-M4
F
F
H
C
3.95
6.3
3.95
56.5
C
G
2-M5 or M6
56.5
D
2-M4
C (Protective height)
G
I
H
2-M5 or M6
73
56.5
26.3
3.95
F3SG-RR
F
31.4
Intermediate Bracket
(F39-LGRA)
46.35
10
N2
P
Top/Bottom Bracket
(F39-LGRTB-3)
19
50
2-M4
Dimension C
4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
Dimension D
C-20
Dimension G
C+39.5+N1+N2
Dimension H
C+65+N1+N2
Dimension I
C+84+N1+N2
Dimension N1
0 to 30
Dimension N2
Dimension P
Protective
height (C)
0 to 13
F3SG-4RR@@@@-14
10
F3SG-4RR@@@@-25
20
Number of Top/
Bottom Brackets *
Number of
Intermediate
Brackets *
Dimension F
0240 to 1040
2
0
−
1120 to 1920
2
1
1000 mm max.
* The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
67
F3SG-RR
Side Mounting
50
38
19.35
35
8.2
6.5
26.5
4
23.2
2-M8
(10)
2-M5 or M6
N1
Top/Bottom Bracket
(F39-LGRTB-3)
Backside:2-M4
F
H
4.15
6.3
4.15
C
G
2-M5 or M6
C
56.5
D
2-M4
C (Protective height)
I
G
H
2-M5 or M6
56.5
73
16.3
4.15
56.5
F
F
31.4
Intermediate Bracket
(F39-LGRA)
10
N2
P
Top/Bottom Bracket
(F39-LGRTB-3)
46.95
2-M4
Dimension C
4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
Dimension D
C-20
Dimension G
C+39.5+N1+N2
Dimension H
C+65+N1+N2
Dimension I
C+84+N1+N2
Dimension N1
0 to 30
Dimension N2
Dimension P
0 to 13
F3SG-4RR@@@@-14
10
F3SG-4RR@@@@-25
20
Protective
height (C)
Number of Top/
Bottom Brackets *
Number of
Intermediate
Brackets *
0240 to 1040
2
0
−
1120 to 1920
2
1
1000 mm max.
Dimension F
* The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
68
F3SG-RR
Accessories
Sensor Mounting Brackets
Top/Bottom Bracket
(F39-LGRTB, sold separately)
15.3
12
9
4.8
24
10.8
15
30
26.7
Top/Bottom
Bracket (2)
109
2-M4
6.3
13
29
5.5
56.5
73
6.3
13
3
46.65
7.5
9 dia.
19
31.4
10
15.4
26.5
38.5
12
Top/Bottom
Bracket (3)
F3SG-RR
26.3
43.7
2-M4
18
Top/Bottom
Bracket (1)
9
Free-Location Bracket / Intermediate Bracket
(F39-LGRA, sold separately)
Material: Zinc alloy
56.5
2-M4
Material: Stainless steel
15
Top/Bottom
Bracket (1)
Top/Bottom
Bracket (2)
18
15
18
24
10.8
Top/Bottom
Bracket (2)
2-M4
Top/Bottom
Bracket (5)
6.5
8.2
26
27.5
Top/Bottom
Bracket (4)
4
46.65
5.5
6.5
9
3
9 dia.
23.2
26.5
48.25
9.5
22.25
42
53
24.5
23.5
133
122
2-M4
9
Top/Bottom
Bracket (1)
30
10.8
15.3
12
9
4.8
24
30
15.3
12
9
4.8
Top/Bottom Bracket
(F39-LGRTB-3, sold separately)
9
Top/Bottom Bracket
(F39-LGRTB-2, sold separately)
20
2-M4
2-M4
Material: Stainless steel
Material: Stainless steel
69
F3SG-RR
Safety light curtain connecting cable
Single-Ended Cable for Emitter (Oil-Resistant Cable) (F39-JD@RA-L, sold separately)
L
14.9 dia.
40.7
M12 oil-resistant
connector
Fluororesin-insulated round cable dia. 6, 5-wire
(Cross section of conductor: 0.35 mm2(AWG22) / insulator diameter: dia. 1.13 mm)
Single-Ended Cable for Receiver (Oil-Resistant Cable) (F39-JD@RA-D, sold separately)
L
14.9 dia.
40.7
M12 oil-resistant
connector
Fluororesin-insulated round cable dia. 6, 8-wire
(Cross section of conductor: 0.35 mm2(AWG22) / insulator diameter: dia. 1.13 mm)
Emitter cable (Gray)
Receiver cable (Black)
L (m)
F39-JD3RA-L
F39-JD3RA-D
3
F39-JD7RA-L
F39-JD7RA-D
7
Receiver cable (Black)
L (m)
Single-Ended Cable for Emitter (F39-JD@A-L, sold separately)
L
φ15
39.5
M12 IP67 connector
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, shielded
8-wire (4-pair) (Cross section of conductor: 0.3mm2(AWG22) /
insulator diameter: dia. 1.15mm)
Single-Ended Cable for Receiver (F39-JD@A-D, sold separately)
L
φ15
39.5
M12 IP67 connector
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, shielded
8-wire (4-pair) (Cross section of conductor: 0.3mm2(AWG22) /
insulator diameter: dia. 1.15mm)
Emitter cable (Gray)
F39-JD3A-L
F39-JD3A-D
F39-JD7A-L
F39-JD7A-D
7
F39-JD10A-L
F39-JD10A-D
10
F39-JD15A-L
F39-JD15A-D
15
F39-JD20A-L
F39-JD20A-D
20
Double-Ended Cable for Emitter: Cable for extension (F39-JD@B-L, sold separately)
39.5
L
43
15 dia.
15 dia.
M12
Body color: Black
M12 IP67 connector
70
Body color: Black
M12 IP67 connector
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, shielded
8-wire (4-pair) (Cross section of conductor: 0.3mm2(AWG22) /
Insulator diameter: 1.15mm)
3
F3SG-RR
Double-Ended Cable for Receiver: Cable for extension (F39-JD@B-D, sold separately)
39.5
L
43
15 dia.
15 dia.
M12
Body color: Black
Body color: Black
M12 IP67 connector
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, shielded
8-wire (4-pair) (Cross section of conductor: 0.3mm2(AWG22) /
Insulator diameter: 1.15mm)
M12 IP67 connector
Emitter cable (Gray)
Receiver cable (Black)
L (m)
F39-JDR5B-D
F39-JD1B-L
F39-JD1B-D
1
F39-JD3B-L
F39-JD3B-D
3
F39-JD5B-L
F39-JD5B-D
5
F39-JD7B-L
F39-JD7B-D
7
F39-JD10B-L
F39-JD10B-D
10
F39-JD15B-L
F39-JD15B-D
15
F39-JD20B-L
F39-JD20B-D
20
0.5
F3SG-RR
F39-JDR5B-L
Reduced Wiring Connector
(F39-CN5, sold separately)
(52)
13.6
24.7 13.6 8 dia. (SPOT FACING 2)
12
4.5 dia.
10
32.1
17.7
18
24.2
Cascading Cable for Emitter (F39-JGR2WTS-L, sold separately)
200
23.4
40.7
M12 IP67 connector
10
14.9 dia.
6 dia.
M2.5 screw
Connector
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6 mm, 5-wire
(Cross section of conductor: 0.15 mm2 (AWG26) /
Insulator diameter: dia. 1 mm)
24.2
Cascading Cable for Receiver (F39-JGR2WTS-D, sold separately)
200
23.4
40.7
M12 IP67 connector
Connector
14.9 dia.
10
6 dia.
M2.5 screw
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6 mm, 8-wire
(Cross section of conductor: 0.15 mm2 (AWG26) /
Insulator diameter: dia. 1 mm)
Set model name
Emitter cable (Gray)
Receiver cable (Black)
L (m)
F39-JGR2WTS
F39-JGR2WTS-L
F39-JGR2WTS-D
0.2
71
F3SG-RR
Interface Unit (F39-GIF-1, sold separately)
(625.7)
(46)
67.9
(11.8)
(12) (16)
35.8
Insulated vinyl round cable 4.6 dia.
Standard length: 0.5 m
13.6
(52)
24.7 13.6 8 dia. (SPOT FACING 2)
12
4.5 dia.
10
32.1
17.7
18
58
2,000
4.6 dia.
7.7
17.5 dia.
14.5
11
Bluetooth Communication Unit
(F39-BT, sold separately)
Lamp and Bluetooth Communication Unit
(F39-BTLP, sold separately)
Lamp (F39-LP, sold separately)
35
31.4
31.4
38
35
30
38
28
16.5
30
1.8
1.8
Material:
PC (Lighting element)
PBT (Other body parts)
Material: PBT
Related Manuals
72
ManNo.
Model
Z383
F3SG-@RR@@@@@@@@@@@@
Manual name
Safety Light Curtain F3SG-@RR Series User's Manual
Safety Light Curtain Easy type
F3SG-RE
Easy-to-use Safety Sensor Ideal for
Simple On/Off Detection Applications
• Provides simple safety functions - saving TCO
by reducing errors
• Simple wiring with only 4 wires
• Fast response time of 5 ms
F3SG-RE
System Configuration
Mounting bracket
Accessory
Emitter
Receiver
F39-HGB@@@@
Spatter Protection Cover
(for F3SG-RE)
F39-LGF
Standard Fixed Bracket
(included as standard)
Recommended safety controller *
F39-PTG
Laser Pointer
NX/NE1A-series
Safety Network Controller
F39-LGA
Standard Adjustable
Bracket
G9SP-series
Safety Controller
XS5W-D421-@81-F
Double-Ended Cable
XS5F-D421-@80-F
Single-Ended Cable
or
G9SE/G9SA-series
Safety Relay Unit
Accessory
Emitter
Receiver
F39-GCNY1
XS5W-D421-@81-F
XS5F-D421-@80-F
Reduced wiring connector system
F39-LGTB
F39-LGTB-1
Top/Bottom
Adjustable
T
Bracket
G9SX-series
Flexible Safety Unit
G7SA/G7S-E
Relays with Forcibly
Guided Contacts
F39-GCNY1
XS5W-D421-@81-F
XS5F-D421-@80-F
* The recommended safety controller is required to
build a safety circuit using emergency stop
switches and door switches.
73
F3SG-RE
Ordering Information
Main Units
Safety Light Curtain
Finger protection
Number of beams
Protective height
(mm)
15
23
31
39
47
55
63
71
79
87
95
103
111
119
127
135
143
151
159
167
175
183
191
199
207
160
240
320
400
480
560
640
720
800
880
960
1,040
1,120
1,200
1,280
1,360
1,440
1,520
1,600
1,680
1,760
1,840
1,920
2,000
2,080
Model
PNP output
F3SG-4RE0160P14
F3SG-4RE0240P14
F3SG-4RE0320P14
F3SG-4RE0400P14
F3SG-4RE0480P14
F3SG-4RE0560P14
F3SG-4RE0640P14
F3SG-4RE0720P14
F3SG-4RE0800P14
F3SG-4RE0880P14
F3SG-4RE0960P14
F3SG-4RE1040P14
F3SG-4RE1120P14
F3SG-4RE1200P14
F3SG-4RE1280P14
F3SG-4RE1360P14
F3SG-4RE1440P14
F3SG-4RE1520P14
F3SG-4RE1600P14
F3SG-4RE1680P14
F3SG-4RE1760P14
F3SG-4RE1840P14
F3SG-4RE1920P14
F3SG-4RE2000P14
F3SG-4RE2080P14
NPN output
F3SG-4RE0160N14
F3SG-4RE0240N14
F3SG-4RE0320N14
F3SG-4RE0400N14
F3SG-4RE0480N14
F3SG-4RE0560N14
F3SG-4RE0640N14
F3SG-4RE0720N14
F3SG-4RE0800N14
F3SG-4RE0880N14
F3SG-4RE0960N14
F3SG-4RE1040N14
F3SG-4RE1120N14
F3SG-4RE1200N14
F3SG-4RE1280N14
F3SG-4RE1360N14
F3SG-4RE1440N14
F3SG-4RE1520N14
F3SG-4RE1600N14
F3SG-4RE1680N14
F3SG-4RE1760N14
F3SG-4RE1840N14
F3SG-4RE1920N14
F3SG-4RE2000N14
F3SG-4RE2080N14
Hand and arm protection
74
Number of beams
Protective height
(mm)
8
12
16
20
24
28
32
36
40
44
48
52
56
60
64
68
72
76
80
84
88
92
96
100
104
108
112
116
120
124
190
270
350
430
510
590
670
750
830
910
990
1,070
1,150
1,230
1,310
1,390
1,470
1,550
1,630
1,710
1,790
1,870
1,950
2,030
2,110
2,190
2,270
2,350
2,430
2,510
Model
PNP
F3SG-4RE0190P30
F3SG-4RE0270P30
F3SG-4RE0350P30
F3SG-4RE0430P30
F3SG-4RE0510P30
F3SG-4RE0590P30
F3SG-4RE0670P30
F3SG-4RE0750P30
F3SG-4RE0830P30
F3SG-4RE0910P30
F3SG-4RE0990P30
F3SG-4RE1070P30
F3SG-4RE1150P30
F3SG-4RE1230P30
F3SG-4RE1310P30
F3SG-4RE1390P30
F3SG-4RE1470P30
F3SG-4RE1550P30
F3SG-4RE1630P30
F3SG-4RE1710P30
F3SG-4RE1790P30
F3SG-4RE1870P30
F3SG-4RE1950P30
F3SG-4RE2030P30
F3SG-4RE2110P30
F3SG-4RE2190P30
F3SG-4RE2270P30
F3SG-4RE2350P30
F3SG-4RE2430P30
F3SG-4RE2510P30
NPN
F3SG-4RE0190N30
F3SG-4RE0270N30
F3SG-4RE0350N30
F3SG-4RE0430N30
F3SG-4RE0510N30
F3SG-4RE0590N30
F3SG-4RE0670N30
F3SG-4RE0750N30
F3SG-4RE0830N30
F3SG-4RE0910N30
F3SG-4RE0990N30
F3SG-4RE1070N30
F3SG-4RE1150N30
F3SG-4RE1230N30
F3SG-4RE1310N30
F3SG-4RE1390N30
F3SG-4RE1470N30
F3SG-4RE1550N30
F3SG-4RE1630N30
F3SG-4RE1710N30
F3SG-4RE1790N30
F3SG-4RE1870N30
F3SG-4RE1950N30
F3SG-4RE2030N30
F3SG-4RE2110N30
F3SG-4RE2190N30
F3SG-4RE2270N30
F3SG-4RE2350N30
F3SG-4RE2430N30
F3SG-4RE2510N30
F3SG-RE
Accessories (Sold separately)
Safety light curtain connecting cable
Single-Ended Cable (Round Water-resistant Connector: Connector Connected to Cable, Socket on One Cable End)
Appearance
Type
Cable length
Specifications
Model
1m
XS5F-D421-C80-F
PIN
Emitter
Recelver
Color
2m
XS5F-D421-D80-F
2
Brown
+24 VDC
1 +24 VDC
3m
XS5F-D421-E80-F
M12 connector
White
OSSD 2
2 Range setting
3
1
Blue
0 VDC
3 0 VDC
(4-pin), 4 wires
5m
XS5F-D421-G80-F
4
Black
OSSD 1
4 Not used
10 m
XS5F-D421-J80-F
Female
20 m
XS5F-D421-L80-F
Note: 1. One cable that can be used for both emitter and receiver is provided. Order two cables for one set of safety light curtains.
2. To extend the cable length to 20 m or more, add the XS5W-D421-@81-F Double-Ended Cable.
Double-Ended Cable (Round Water-resistant Connector: Connectors Connected to Cable, Socket and Plug on Cable Ends)
For cable extension and simple wiring
Appearance
Type
Emitter
Double-Ended Cable
XS5W-D421-@81-F
F3SG-RE
Cable length
Specifications
Model
1m
XS5W-D421-C81-F
2m
XS5W-D421-D81-F
1
1 Brown
1 Brown
2
M12 connector
4
2 White
2 White
3m
XS5W-D421-E81-F
3 Blue
3 Blue
(4-pin) on both
2
3
1
5m
XS5W-D421-G81-F
4 Black
4 Black
4
ends
3
10 m
XS5W-D421-J81-F
Female
Male
20 m
XS5W-D421-L81-F
Note: 1. One cable that can be used for both emitter and receiver is provided. Order two cables for one set of safety light curtains.
2. To extend the cable length to more than 20 m, add the XS5W-D421-@81-F Double-Ended Cable to the XS5F-D421-@80-F Single-Ended
Cable.
To extend the cable length to more than 40 m, add several Double-Ended Cables to the Single-Ended Cable.
Example: To extend the cable length to 50 m, connect two XS5W-D421-L81-F (20 m) cables and one XS5F-D421-J80-F (10 m) cable.
Single-Ended Cable
XS5F-D421-@80-F
Receiver
Y-Joint Plug/Socket Connector for Easy type F3SG-RE
Appearance
Type
Cable length
Specifications
F3SG-RE
Emitter
M12 connectors.
Used for reduced
wiring.
0.5 m
Y-Joint Plug/
Socket Connector for Easy type
F39-GCNY1
Double-Ended Cable
XS5W-D421-@81-F
Model
F3SG-RE
Receiver
F39-GCNY1
Single-Ended Cable
XS5F-D421-@80-F
When using the reduced wiring connector system F39-GCNY1,
the Operating Range Selection is fixed to Long Mode.
75
F3SG-RE
Sensor Mounting Brackets
Appearance
Specification
Standard
Fixed Bracket
Standard
Adjustable Bracket
Top/Bottom
Adjustable Bracket *2
Top/Bottom
Adjustable Bracket *2
(For user-made
mounting part)
Application
Bracket to mount the F3SG-R.
Side mounting and backside mounting possible.
(This is included as a standard accessory with the product. It
comes as a set of two Brackets. Refer to note *1 for the number
of sets provided with each model.)
Bracket to mount the F3SG-R.
Beam alignment after mounting possible.
The angle adjustment range is ±15°.
Side mounting and backside mounting possible.
(Sold separately as a set of two Brackets. Refer to note *1 for the
number of sets required for each model.)
Bracket to mount the F3SG-R. Use this bracket at the top and
bottom positions of the F3SG-R.
Beam alignment after mounting possible.
The angle adjustment range is ±22.5°.
Side mounting and backside mounting possible.
(Sold separately. 4 brackets per set.)
Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket without a bracket to mount to the
wall. Use the user's own wall mounting part to suit the machine.
(Sold separately. 4 brackets per set.)
Model
F39-LGF
F39-LGA
F39-LGTB
F39-LGTB-1
*1. [for F3SG-4RE@@@@@14] Protective height of 0160 to 1200: 2 sets, Protective height of 1280 to 2080: 3 sets
[for F3SG-4RE@@@@@30] Protective height of 0190 to 1230: 2 sets, Protective height of 1310 to 2270: 3 sets, Protective height of 2350 to 2510: 4 sets
*2. Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket cannot be used with the Standard Fixed Bracket. Use with the Standard Adjustable Bracket.
Using Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets with Standard Adjustable Brackets
F3SG-4RE@@@@@14: Protective height of 1040 or less: The Standard Adjustable Bracket is not required. Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Adjustable
Brackets (F39-LGTB(-1)).
Protective height of 1120 to 1920: Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGTB(-1)) and 1 set of Standard
Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGA).
Protective height of 2000 to 2080: Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGTB(-1)) and 2 sets of Standard
Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGA).
F3SG-4RE@@@@@30: Protective height of 1070 or less: The Standard Adjustable Bracket is not required. Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Adjustable
Brackets (F39-LGTB(-1)).
Protective height of 1150 to 1950: Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGTB(-1)) and 1 set of Standard
Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGA).
Protective height of 2030 to 2510: Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGTB(-1)) and 2 sets of Standard
Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGA).
Laser Pointer for F3SG-R
Appearance
Specifications
The laser pointer is attached on the optical surface of the F3SG-R
to help coarse adjustment of beams.
76
Model
F39-PTG
F3SG-RE
Spatter Protection Cover (2 covers per set, one for emitter and one for receiver)
Spatter Protection Covers include the mounting brackets.
For Safety Light Curtain models of the protective height of 2,000 mm or longer, use two Spatter Protection Covers of different lengths.
Safety Light Curtain Model
Finger protection
Hand and arm protection
F3SG-4RE0160@14
F3SG-4RE0190@30
F3SG-4RE0240@14
F3SG-4RE0270@30
F3SG-4RE0320@14
F3SG-4RE0350@30
F3SG-4RE0400@14
F3SG-4RE0430@30
F3SG-4RE0480@14
F3SG-4RE0510@30
F3SG-4RE0560@14
F3SG-4RE0590@30
F3SG-4RE0640@14
F3SG-4RE0670@30
F3SG-4RE0720@14
F3SG-4RE0750@30
F3SG-4RE0800@14
F3SG-4RE0830@30
F3SG-4RE0880@14
F3SG-4RE0910@30
F3SG-4RE0960@14
F3SG-4RE0990@30
F3SG-4RE1040@14
F3SG-4RE1070@30
F3SG-4RE1120@14
F3SG-4RE1150@30
F3SG-4RE1200@14
F3SG-4RE1230@30
F3SG-4RE1280@14
F3SG-4RE1310@30
F3SG-4RE1360@14
F3SG-4RE1390@30
F3SG-4RE1440@14
F3SG-4RE1470@30
F3SG-4RE1520@14
F3SG-4RE1550@30
F3SG-4RE1600@14
F3SG-4RE1630@30
F3SG-4RE1680@14
F3SG-4RE1710@30
F3SG-4RE1790@30
F3SG-4RE1760@14
F3SG-4RE1840@14
F3SG-4RE1870@30
F3SG-4RE1920@14
F3SG-4RE1950@30
Appearance
F3SG-4RE2030@30
F3SG-4RE2080@14
F3SG-4RE2110@30
−
F3SG-4RE2190@30
−
F3SG-4RE2270@30
−
F3SG-4RE2350@30
−
F3SG-4RE2430@30
−
F3SG-4RE2510@30
F3SG-RE
F3SG-4RE2000@14
Model
F39-HGB0180
F39-HGB0260
F39-HGB0340
F39-HGB0420
F39-HGB0500
F39-HGB0580
F39-HGB0660
F39-HGB0740
F39-HGB0820
F39-HGB0900
F39-HGB0980
F39-HGB1060
F39-HGB1140
F39-HGB1220
F39-HGB1300
F39-HGB1380
F39-HGB1460
F39-HGB1540
F39-HGB1620
F39-HGB1700
F39-HGB1780
F39-HGB1860
F39-HGB1940
F39-HGB1460
F39-HGA0550
F39-HGB1540
F39-HGA0550
F39-HGB1620
F39-HGA0550
F39-HGB1700
F39-HGA0550
F39-HGB1780
F39-HGA0550
F39-HGB1860
F39-HGA0550
F39-HGB1940
F39-HGA0550
Note: The operating range of the Safety Light Curtain attached with the product is 10% shorter than the rating.
Test Rod
Diameter
14 mm dia.
30 mm dia.
Model
F39-TRD14
F39-TRD30
Ratings/Specifications
Main unit
The @@@@ in the model names indicate the protective heights in millimeters.
Type of ESPE
(IEC 61496-1)
Performance
Type 4
F3SG-4RE@@@@-14, F3SG-2RE@@@@-14
F3SG-4RE@@@@@14/30
Type 2
F3SG-2RE@@@@@14/30
F3SG-4RE@@@@-30, F3SG-2RE@@@@-30
Object Resolution
(Detection Capability)
Opaque objects
14-mm dia.
30-mm dia.
Beam Gap
10mm
20mm
Number of Beams
15 to 207
8 to 124
Lens Size
5.2 ×3.4 (W×H) mm
7-mm dia.
Protective Height
160 to 2080 mm (6.3 to81.9 inch)
190 to 2510 mm (7.3 to98.7 inch)
Long
0.3 to 10.0 m (1 to 32 ft.)
0.3 to 20.0 m (1 to 65 ft.)
Short
0.3 to 3.0 m (1 to 10 ft.)
0.3 to 7.0 m (1 to 23 ft.)
ON to OFF
5 to 15ms *1
OFF to ON
25 to 75ms *1
Operating Range
Response Time
*1.Response time when used in one segment system
Refer to page 79.
Effective Aperture
Angle (EAA)
(IEC61496-2)
Type 4
±2.5° max., emitter and receiver at operating range of 3 m or greater
Type 2
±5.0° max., emitter and receiver at operating range of 3 m or greater
77
F3SG-RE
Performance
Light Source
F3SG-4RE@@@@-14, F3SG-2RE@@@@-14
Infrared LEDs, Wavelength: 870 nm
Startup Waiting Time
2 s max.
Power Supply Voltage (Vs)
SELV/PELV 24 VDC±20% (ripple p-p 10% max.)
Current Consumption
F3SG-4RE@@@@-30, F3SG-2RE@@@@-30
Refer to page 79
F3SG-@RE@@@@P@@: Two PNP transistor outputs
F3SG-@RE@@@@N@@: Two NPN transistor outputs
Safety Outputs (OSSD)
Load current of 300 mA max., Residual voltage of 2 V max. (except for voltage drop due to cable
extension), Capacitive load of 1 μF max., Inductive load of 2.2 H max. *1
Leakage current of 1 mA max. (PNP), 2 mA max. (NPN) *2
*1.The load inductance is the maximum value when the safety output frequently repeats ON and OFF.
When you use the safety output at 4 Hz or less, the usable load inductance becomes larger.
*2.These values must be taken into consideration when connecting elements including a capacitive
load such as a capacitor.
Electricall Output Operation
Mode
Safety
Output
Light-ON (Safety output is enabled when the receiver receives an emitting signal.)
ON Voltage
Input Voltage
Operating Range Select Input:
Long: 9 V to Vs (sink current 3 mA max.) *
OFF Voltage Short: 0 to 3 V (source current 3 mA max.)
* The Vs indicates a supply voltage value in your environment.
Overvoltage Category (IEC60664-1) II
Indicators
Functional
Environmental
Refer to page 80
Protective Circuit
Output short protection, Power supply reverse polarity protection
Insulation Resistance
20 MΩ or higher (500 VDC megger)
Dielectric Strength
1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz (1 min)
Test Function
Self-test (at power-on, and during operation)
Ambient
Temperature
Operating
-10 to 55°C (14 to 131°F) (non-icing)
Storage
-25 to 70°C (-13 to 158°F)
Ambient
Humidity
Operating
35% to 85% (non-condensing)
Storage
35% to 95%
Ambient Illuminance
Incandescent lamp: 3,000 Ix max. on receiver surface
Sunlight: 10,000 Ix max. on receiver surface
Degree of Protection (IEC 60529)
IP65 and IP67
Vibration Resistance (IEC 61496-1)
10 to 55 Hz, Multiple amplitude of 0.7 mm, 20 sweeps for all 3 axes
Shock Resistance (IEC 61496-1) 100 m/s2, 1000 shocks for all 3 axes
Pollution Degree (IEC 60664-1)
Power cable
Connections
Extension cable
- Single-Ended
Cable
- Double-Ended
Cable
M12 connectors: 4-pin, IP67 rated when mated,Cables prewired to the sensors
Number of Wires
Emitter: 4, Receiver: 4
Cable Length
0.3 m
Cable Diameter
6 mm
Minimum Bending Radius
R5 mm
Type of Connection
Number of Wires
Cable Length
Cable Diameter
Extension of Power Cable
100 m max.
Material
Housing: Aluminum alloy
Cap: PBT resin
Front window: Acrylic resin
Cable: Oil-resistant PVC resin
Standard Fixed Bracket (F39-LGF): Zinc alloy
FE plate: Stainless steel
Refer to page 79.
Safety Precautions, Quick Installation Manual, Standard Fixed Bracket*1, Troubleshooting Guide
Sticker
Material
Included Accessories
Conforming standards
Performance Level
(PL)/Safety category
78
Use the XS5@-D42@ series cables.
Minimum Bending Radius
Weight
Conformity
Pollution Degree 3
Type of Connection
*1.The quantity of Standard Fixed Brackets included varies depending on the protective height.
[F3SG-@RE@@@@@14]
- Protective height of 0160 to 1200: 2 sets
- Protective height of 1280 to 2080: 3 sets
[F3SG-@RE@@@@@30]
- Protective height of 0190 to 1230: 2 sets
- Protective height of 1310 to 2270: 3 sets
- Protective height of 2350 to 2510: 4 sets
Refer to page 26
Type 4
PL e/Category 4 (EN ISO 13849-1:2015)
Type 2
PL c/Category 2 (EN ISO 13849-1:2015)
PFHD
9.1 × 10-9 (IEC 61508)
Proof test interval TM
Every 20 years (IEC 61508)
SFF
99% (IEC 61508)
HFT
1 (IEC 61508)
Classification
Type B (IEC 61508-2)
F3SG-RE
List of Models/Response Time/Current Consumption/Weight
F3SG-@RE@@@@@-14
Number
of
Beams
Protective
Height
[mm]
F3SG-@RE0160@14
F3SG-@RE0240@14
F3SG-@RE0320@14
F3SG-@RE0400@14
F3SG-@RE0480@14
F3SG-@RE0560@14
F3SG-@RE0640@14
F3SG-@RE0720@14
F3SG-@RE0800@14
F3SG-@RE0880@14
F3SG-@RE0960@14
F3SG-@RE1040@14
F3SG-@RE1120@14
F3SG-@RE1200@14
F3SG-@RE1280@14
F3SG-@RE1360@14
F3SG-@RE1440@14
F3SG-@RE1520@14
F3SG-@RE1600@14
F3SG-@RE1680@14
F3SG-@RE1760@14
F3SG-@RE1840@14
F3SG-@RE1920@14
F3SG-@RE2000@14
F3SG-@RE2080@14
15
23
31
39
47
55
63
71
79
87
95
103
111
119
127
135
143
151
159
167
175
183
191
199
207
160
240
320
400
480
560
640
720
800
880
960
1040
1120
1200
1280
1360
1440
1520
1600
1680
1760
1840
1920
2000
2080
Response Time [ms] *1
Current Consumption [mA]
OFF
OFF
ON→OFF (Synchronized) (Not synchronized)
Emitter
Receiver
→ON
→ON
5
25
125
45
50
5
25
125
55
55
7
35
135
55
55
7
35
135
65
60
7
35
135
70
60
7
35
135
80
60
7
35
135
85
65
9
45
145
80
65
9
45
145
85
70
9
45
145
90
70
9
45
145
95
75
9
45
145
100
75
11
55
155
90
75
11
55
155
95
80
11
55
155
100
80
11
55
155
105
85
11
55
155
110
85
13
65
165
100
90
13
65
165
105
90
13
65
165
110
95
13
65
165
115
95
13
65
165
115
95
15
75
175
110
100
15
75
175
115
100
15
75
175
115
105
Weight [kg]
Net *2
Gross
*3
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.9
2.1
2.3
2.5
2.7
2.9
3.1
3.3
3.5
3.7
3.9
4.1
4.4
4.6
4.8
5.0
5.2
5.4
5.6
1.9
2.2
2.5
2.9
3.2
3.5
3.8
4.1
4.4
4.7
5.0
5.4
5.7
6.0
6.3
6.6
6.9
7.2
7.5
7.9
8.2
8.5
8.8
9.1
9.4
*1. The maximum speed of movement of a test rod up to which the detection capability is maintained is 2.0 m/s.
*2. The net weight is the weight of an emitter and a receiver.
*3. The gross weight is the weight of an emitter, a receiver, included accessories and a package.
F3SG-RE
Model
F3SG-@RE@@@@@30
Model
Number
of
Beams
Protective
Height
[mm]
F3SG-@RE0190@30
F3SG-@RE0270@30
F3SG-@RE0350@30
F3SG-@RE0430@30
F3SG-@RE0510@30
F3SG-@RE0590@30
F3SG-@RE0670@30
F3SG-@RE0750@30
F3SG-@RE0830@30
F3SG-@RE0910@30
F3SG-@RE0990@30
F3SG-@RE1070@30
F3SG-@RE1150@30
F3SG-@RE1230@30
F3SG-@RE1310@30
F3SG-@RE1390@30
F3SG-@RE1470@30
F3SG-@RE1550@30
F3SG-@RE1630@30
F3SG-@RE1710@30
F3SG-@RE1790@30
F3SG-@RE1870@30
F3SG-@RE1950@30
F3SG-@RE2030@30
F3SG-@RE2110@30
F3SG-@RE2190@30
F3SG-@RE2270@30
F3SG-@RE2350@30
F3SG-@RE2430@30
F3SG-@RE2510@30
8
12
16
20
24
28
32
36
40
44
48
52
56
60
64
68
72
76
80
84
88
92
96
100
104
108
112
116
120
124
190
270
350
430
510
590
670
750
830
910
990
1070
1150
1230
1310
1390
1470
1550
1630
1710
1790
1870
1950
2030
2110
2190
2270
2350
2430
2510
Current Consumption [mA]
Response Time [ms] *1
OFF
OFF
ON→OFF (Synchronized) (Not synchronized)
Emitter
Receiver
→ON
→ON
5
25
125
40
50
5
25
125
45
50
5
25
125
50
50
5
25
125
55
55
5
25
125
60
55
7
35
135
50
55
7
35
135
55
55
7
35
135
60
60
7
35
135
65
60
7
35
135
65
60
7
35
135
70
60
7
35
135
75
60
7
35
135
80
65
7
35
135
85
65
7
35
135
85
65
9
45
145
75
65
9
45
145
80
65
9
45
145
80
70
9
45
145
85
70
9
45
145
85
70
9
45
145
90
70
9
45
145
95
75
9
45
145
95
75
9
45
145
100
75
9
45
145
100
75
11
55
155
90
75
11
55
155
95
80
11
55
155
95
80
11
55
155
95
80
11
55
155
100
80
Weight [kg]
Net *2
Gross
*3
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
3.3
3.5
3.7
3.9
4.1
4.3
4.5
4.7
4.9
5.1
5.3
5.5
5.7
5.9
6.1
6.3
6.5
2.0
2.3
2.6
2.9
3.2
3.5
3.8
4.1
4.4
4.7
5.0
5.3
5.6
5.9
6.2
6.5
6.8
7.1
7.4
7.7
8.0
8.3
8.6
8.9
9.2
9.5
9.8
10.1
10.4
10.7
*1. The maximum speed of movement of a test rod up to which the detection capability is maintained is 2.0 m/s.
*2. The net weight is the weight of an emitter and a receiver.
*3. The gross weight is the weight of an emitter, a receiver, included accessories and a package.
79
F3SG-RE
LED Indicator Status
Emitter
Name of Indicator
Operating range
Color
Illuminated
LONG
Green
Long range mode is selected
Power
POWER
Green
Power is ON.
Lockout
LOCKOUT
Blinking
Lockout state due to Operating range selection setting error
Error due to noise
−
Red
Lockout state due to error in emitter
Receiver
Name of Indicator
Top-beam-state
TOP
Color
Blue
Blinking
−
Internal error
INTERNAL
Red
−
Lockout state due to Internal error, or error due to abnormal
power supply or noise
Lockout
LOCKOUT
Red
−
Lockout state due to error in receiver
Stable-state
STB
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
Safety output is instantaneously turned OFF due to ambient light or vibration
Green
Incident light level is 170% or higher of ON threshold
Green
Safety output is in ON state
−
Safety output is in OFF state
Lockout state due to Safety Output error, or error due to abnormal power supply or noise
Synchronization between emitter and receiver is maintained
Lockout state due to Communication error, or error due to
abnormal power supply or noise
Red
80
Illuminated
The top beam is unblocked
Communication
COM
Green
Bottom-beam-state
BTM
Blue
The bottom beam is unblocked
−
F3SG-RE
Connections (Basic Wiring Diagram)
24 VDC : Brown
OSSD2 : White
OSSD1 : Black
0 V : Blue
24 VDC : Brown
Not used : Black
0 V : Blue
Operating Range
Select Input : White
Emitter
Receiver
Short Mode
+24 V
DC
Power
Supply
0V
IN1
Functional Earth
IN2
Safety
Controller *1*2
F3SG-RE
*1.Refer to page 82 for more information.
*2.The safety controller and the F3SG-RE must share the power supply or be connected to the common
terminal of the power supply.
Beam state
Unblocked
Blocked
OSSD
Note: Functional earth connection is unnecessary when you use the F3SG-RE in a general industrial environment where noise control or stable
power supply is considered. However, when you use the F3SG-RE in an environment where there may be excessive noise from
surroundings or stable power supply may be interfered, it is recommended the F3SG-RE be connected to functional earth.
The wiring examples in later examples do not indicate functional earth. To use functional earth, wire an earth cable according to the example
above. Refer to Safety Light Curtain F3SG-R Series User's Manual for more information.
24 VDC : Brown
OSSD2 : White
OSSD1 : Black
0 V : Blue
24 VDC : Brown
Not used : Black
Operating Range
Select Input : White
0 V : Blue
Emitter
Receiver
Long Mode
+24 V
DC
Power
Supply
0V
IN1
IN2
Safety
Controller *1*2
*1.Refer to page 82 for more information.
*2.The safety controller and the F3SG-RE must share the power supply or be connected to the common
terminal of the power supply.
Beam state
Unblocked
Blocked
OSSD
Note: For the functional earth connection, refer to the Short Mode example.
81
F3SG-RE
Standalone F3SG-RE with Y-Joint Plug/Socket Connector
F39-GCNY1
XS5W-D42-81-
24 VDC: Brown
OSSD2: White
OSSD1: Black
0 VDC: Blue
XS5F-D42-80-
+24V DC
Power supply
0V
IN1
*1.Refer to the following list "Connectable Safety Control Units" on
this page.
*2.The safety controller and the F3SG-RE must share the power
supply or be connected to the common terminal of the power
supply.
IN2
Safety
Controller *1*2
Beam state
Unblocked
Blocked
OSSD
Note: 1. When using the reduced wiring connector system F39-GCNY1, the Operating Range Selection is fixed to Long Mode.
2. For the functional earth connection, refer to the Short Mode example.
Connectable Safety Control Units
The F3SG-RE with PNP output can be connected to the safety control units listed in the table below.
Connectable Safety Control Units (PNP output)
Safety Relay Units
G9SA-301
G9SA-321-T@
G9SA-501
G9SB-200-B
G9SB-200-D
G9SB-301-B
G9SB-301-D
G9SE-201
G9SE-401
G9SE-221-T@
Flexible Safety Units
G9SX-AD322-T
G9SX-ADA222-T
G9SX-BC202
G9SX-GS226-T15
Safety Controllers
G9SP-N10S
G9SP-N10D
G9SP-N20S
NE0A-SCPU01
NE1A-SCPU01
NE1A-SCPU02
DST1-ID12SL-1
DST1-MD16SL-1
DST1-MRD08SL-1
NX-SIH400
NX-SID800
F3SP-T01
The F3SG-R with NPN output can be connected to the safety control units listed in the table below.
Connectable Safety Control Units (NPN output)
Safety Relay Units
G9SA-301-P
82
F3SG-RE
Input/Output Circuit
Entire Circuit Diagram
The entire circuit diagram of the F3SG-RE is shown below. The numbers in the circles indicate the connector's pin numbers.
PNP Output
Indicator
+24 V
1 Brown
Operating Range
Select Input circuit
Emitter
Main Circuit
2
4
3
1
Receiver
Main Circuit 2
2
White
Black
Operating Range
Select Input
Not used
Blue
Brown
White
OSSD 2
Load
Black
F3SG-RE
4
OSSD 1
Receiver
Main Circuit 1
Load
Indicator
3
Blue
0V
NPN Output
Indicator
1
Operating Range
Select Input circuit
Emitter
Main Circuit
White
Operating Range
Select Input
Black
Not used
2
4
3
1
+24 V
Brown
Blue
Brown
Load
Receiver
Main Circuit 2
2
White
OSSD 2
Load
4
Black
OSSD 1
Receiver
Main Circuit 1
Indicator
3
Blue
0V
83
F3SG-RE
Input Circuit Diagram by Function
The input circuit diagrams of by function are shown below.
PNP Output
+24 VDC
5V
Short circuit current:
3 mA
Emitter
Main
Circuit
0 VDC
NPN Output
+24 VDC
5V
Emitter
Main
Circuit
Short circuit current:
3 mA
0 VDC
84
F3SG-RE
Dimensions
(Unit: mm)
Mounted with Standard Fixed Brackets (F39-LGF)
50.35
Backside Mounting
150 max
2-M5 or M6
F
150 max
2-M5 or M6
9.2
24.85
24.85
25
15
P
150 max
6.4
66
51
A
51
F
Standard Fixed
Bracket
(F39-LGF)
F3SG-RE
D
C2 (Protective height for 14 mm)
C1 (Protective height for 30 mm)
A
51
Standard Fixed
Bracket
(F39-LGF)
150 max
35
40
35
< Screw: M5 or M6 >
F3SG-4RE@@@@@30 Series
F3SG-4RE@@@@@14 Series
Dimension A
C1
Dimension A
C2+30
Dimension C1
4-digit number of the type name(Protective height)
Dimension C2
4-digit number of the type name(Protective height)
Dimension D
C1-50
Dimension D
C2-20
Dimension P
20
Dimension P
10
Protective height
(C1)
Number of Standard
Fixed Brackets *1
Dimension F
Protective height
(C2)
Number of Standard
Fixed Brackets *1
Dimension F
0190 to 1230
2 *2
1000 mm max.
0160 to 1200
2 *2
1000 mm max.
1310 to 2270
3
1000 mm max.
1280 to 2080
3
1000 mm max.
2350 to 2510
4
1000 mm max.
*1.The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
*2.Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible for the models of protective height of 0160 to 0270. In this case, locate this bracket at half the Dimension
A (or at the center of the sensor length).
85
F3SG-RE
50.35
Side Mounting
40
35
2-M5 or M6
F
A
51
51
66
6.4
Standard Fixed
Bracket
(F39-LGF)
F
D
C2 (Protective height for 14 mm)
C1 (Protective height for 30 mm)
A
51
Standard Fixed
Bracket
(F39-LGF)
150 max
150 max
35
25
15
P
150 max
150 max
2-M5 or M6
9.2
42.35
< Screw: M5 or M6 >
F3SG-4RE@@@@@30 Series
F3SG-4RE@@@@@14 Series
Dimension A
C1
Dimension A
C2+30
Dimension C1
4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
Dimension C2
4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
Dimension D
C1-50
Dimension D
C2-20
Dimension P
20
Dimension P
10
Protective height
(C1)
Number of Standard
Fixed Brackets *1
Dimension F
Protective height
(C2)
Number of Standard
Fixed Brackets *1
Dimension F
0190 to 1230
2 *2
1000 mm max.
0160 to 1200
2 *2
1000 mm max.
1310 to 2270
3
1000 mm max.
1280 to 2080
3
1000 mm max.
2350 to 2510
4
1000 mm max.
*1.The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
*2.Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible for the models of protective height of 0160 to 0270. In this case, locate this bracket at half the Dimension
A (or at the center of the sensor length).
86
F3SG-RE
Mounted with Standard Fixed Brackets (F39-LGA)
50.35
Backside Mounting
48.6
35
2-M5 or M6
F
A
2-M5 or M6
24.85
150 max
9.2
24.85
25
15
P
150 max
6.4
72
F
84
72
Standard Adjustable
Bracket
(F39-LGA)
F3SG-RE
D
C2 (Protective height for 14 mm)
C1 (Protective height for 30 mm)
A
72
Standard Adjustable
Bracket
(F39-LGA)
150 max
150 max
35
< Screw: M5 or M6 >
F3SG-4RE@@@@@30 Series
F3SG-4RE@@@@@14 Series
Dimension A
C1
Dimension A
C2+30
Dimension C1
4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
Dimension C2
4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
Dimension D
C1-50
Dimension D
C2-20
Dimension P
20
Dimension P
10
Protective height
(C1)
Number of Standard
Adjustable Brackets *1
Dimension F
Protective height
(C2)
Number of Standard
Adjustable Brackets *1
Dimension F
0190 to 1230
2 *2
1000 mm max.
0160 to 1200
2 *2
1000 mm max.
1310 to 2270
3
1000 mm max.
1280 to 2080
3
1000 mm max.
2350 to 2510
4
1000 mm max.
*1.The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
*2.Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible for the models of protective height of 0160 to 0270. In this case, locate this bracket at half the Dimension
A (or at the center of the sensor length).
87
F3SG-RE
50.35
Side Mounting
48.6
35
F
A
72
72
84
150 max
2-M5 or M6
25
15
P
9.2
42.35
150 max
6.4
Standard Adjustable
Bracket
(F39-LGA)
F
D
C2 (Protective height for 14 mm)
C1 (Protective height for 30 mm)
A
72
Standard Adjustable
Bracket
(F39-LGA)
2-M5 or M6
150 max
150 max
35
< Screw: M5 or M6 >
F3SG-4RE@@@@@30 Series
Dimension A
Dimension C1
Dimension D
Dimension P
Protective height
(C1)
0190 to 1230
1310 to 2270
2350 to 2510
F3SG-4RE@@@@@14 Series
C1
4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
C1-50
20
Number of Standard
Adjustable Brackets *1
2 *2
3
4
Dimension F
1000 mm max.
1000 mm max.
1000 mm max.
Dimension A
Dimension C2
Dimension D
Dimension P
C2+30
4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
C2-20
10
Protective height
(C2)
0160 to 1200
1280 to 2080
Number of Standard
Adjustable Brackets *1
2 *2
3
Dimension F
1000 mm max.
1000 mm max.
*1.The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
*2.Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible for the models of protective height of 0160 to 0270. In this case, locate this bracket at half the Dimension
A (or at the center of the sensor length).
88
F3SG-RE
Mounted with Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGTB) and Standard Adjustable
Brackets (F39-LGA)
Dimensions when using the F3SG-RE Series except the F3SG-4RE0190@30 and F3SG-4RE0160@14
Refer to Safety Light Curtain F3SG-R Series User's Manual for the dimensions when using the F3SG-4RE0190@30 and F3SG-4RE0160@14.
Backside Mounting
53.25
2-S3
Top/Bottom
Adjustable Bracket
(F39-LGTB)
4
34.5
8.2
6.5
21.75
35
26.5
23.2
48.6
2-M5 or M6
2-M8
Backside : 2-S3
40.8
4
35
13.6
24.85
F
72
72
H
G
2-M5 or M6
2-M5 or M6
24.85
24.85
34.5
21.75
15
25
P
Top/Bottom
Adjustable Bracket
(F39-LGTB)
A
D
6.4
G
H
I
9.2
F3SG-RE
84
72
S2.5
C1 (Protective height for 30 mm)
Standard
Adjustable Bracket
(F39-LGA)
C2 (Protective height for 14 mm)
F
F
35
F3SG-4RE@@@@@30 Series
F3SG-4RE@@@@@14 Series
Dimension A
C1
Dimension A
C2+30
Dimension C1
4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
Dimension C2
4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
Dimension D
C1-50
Dimension D
C2-20
Dimension G
C1+43.5
Dimension G
C2+73.5
Dimension H
C1+69
Dimension H
C2+99
Dimension I
C1+88
Dimension I
C2+118
Dimension P
20
Dimension P
10
Protective height Number of Top/Bottom
(C1)
Adjustable Brackets
Number of Standard
Adjustable Brackets
Dimension F
Protective height Number of Top/Bottom
(C2)
Adjustable Brackets
Number of Standard
Adjustable Brackets
Dimension F
0270 to 1070
2
0
−
0240 to 1040
2
0
−
1150 to 1950
2
1
1000 mm max.
1120 to 1920
2
1
1000 mm max.
2030 to 2510
2
2
1000 mm max.
2000 to 2080
2
2
1000 mm max.
89
F3SG-RE
Side Mounting
2-S3
50.35
Top/Bottom
Adjustable Bracket
(F39-LGTB)
35
26.5
23.2
2-M5 or M6
2-M8
6.5
4
34.5
21.75
8.2
51.65
Backside : 2-S3
40.8
35
9.2
42.35
F
72
72
H
34.5
21.75
P
Top/Bottom
Adjustable Bracket
(F39-LGTB)
2-M5 or M6
G
15
S2.5
2-M5 or M6
A
D
C2 (Protective height for 14 mm)
25
I
H
G
6.4
84
72
Standard
Adjustable Bracket
(F39-LGA)
C1 (Protective height for 30 mm)
F
F
35
F3SG-4RE@@@@@30 Series
F3SG-4RE@@@@@14 Series
Dimension A
C1
Dimension A
C2+30
Dimension C1
4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
Dimension C2
4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
Dimension D
C1-50
Dimension D
C2-20
Dimension G
C1+43.5
Dimension G
C2+73.5
Dimension H
C1+69
Dimension H
C2+99
Dimension I
C1+88
Dimension I
C2+118
Dimension P
20
Dimension P
10
Protective height Number of Top/Bottom
(C1)
Adjustable Brackets
90
Number of Standard
Adjustable Brackets
Dimension F
Protective height Number of Top/Bottom
(C2)
Adjustable Brackets
Number of Standard
Adjustable Brackets
Dimension F
0270 to 1070
2
0
−
0240 to 1040
2
0
−
1150 to 1950
2
1
1000 mm max.
1120 to 1920
2
1
1000 mm max.
2030 to 2510
2
2
1000 mm max.
2000 to 2080
2
2
1000 mm max.
F3SG-RE
Accessories
Sensor Mounting Brackets
Standard Fixed Bracket (F39-LGF)
(25.8)
66
(23.1)
9.2
8
32.1
36
6.4
Material: Zinc alloy
51
Standard Fixed Bracket (F39-LGA, sold separately)
F3SG-RE
42
45.1
(34.5)
(31.8)
9.2
8
32.9
84
6.4
Material: Zinc alloy, Fluorochemical lubricant oil
72
Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGTB, sold separately)
31
26
Top/Bottom
Bracket (1)
67
18
23.5
4
Screw (2)
161
Top/Bottom
Bracket (2)
20
44
4
5
5
23.2
48.25
26.5
22.25
6.5
4
9.5
8.2
Top/Bottom
Bracket (3)
Screw(1)
35
40.8
Material: Stainless steel
91
F3SG-RE
Safety light curtain connecting cable
Round Water-resistant Connector: Connector Connected to Cable, Socket on One Cable End
(XS5F-D421-@80-F, sold separately)
L (Cable length)
50
40.7
30
5
14.9 dia.
M12 IP67 connector, 4-wire
Specification
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6
Model
Fire-retardant, Robot cable
Material: Insulated vinyl round cable
L (m)
XS5F-D421-C80-F
1
XS5F-D421-D80-F
2
XS5F-D421-E80-F
3
XS5F-D421-G80-F
5
XS5F-D421-J80-F
10
XS5F-D421-L80-F
20
Round Water-resistant Connector: Connectors Connected to Cable, Socket and Plug on Cable Ends
(XS5W-D421-@81-F, sold separately)
M12 IP67 connector, 4-wire
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6
M12 IP67 connector, 4-wire
Material: Insulated vinyl round cable
40.7
44.7
L (Cable length)
Specification
Model
Fire-retardant, Robot cable
L (m)
XS5W-D421-C81-F
1
XS5W-D421-D81-F
2
XS5W-D421-E81-F
3
XS5W-D421-G81-F
5
XS5W-D421-J81-F
10
XS5W-D421-L81-F
20
Y-Joint Plug/Socket Connector (F39-GCNY1, sold separately)
Plug marked with
(bule circle): Connect to control panel side
Socket marked with
(white circle): Connect to emitter
17.7
15.0
45.5
.
CN2
4.6
35.0
To control
panel side
dia
40.7
To receiver
To emitter
CN1
M12 IP67 connector, 4-wire
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6
M12 IP67 connector, 4-wire
M12 x 1
M12 IP67 connector, 4-wire
500
Material: PBT (Main body)
Spatter Protection Cover(F39-HGA/-HGB, sold separately)
Assembled dimensions
Model
Total length
40
F39-HGB@@@@
@@@@+6
F39-HGA0550
558
41.8
Material: PC (Transparent cover)
ABS (Side wall)
Stainless steel (Bracket)
Aluminum adhesive tape
(Fixing sticker)
Related Manuals
ManNo.
Z352
92
Model
F3SG-@R@@@@@@@@
Manual name
Safety Light Curtain
F3SG-@R Series User's Manual
Safety Light Curtain
F3SG-RA-01TS
Offers Both Durability and Reliability
• Rugged and compact
• All models designed for global use. PNP/NPN selection by DIP
switch
• Conforming to major international standards
• Prevents accidental changes of settings by configuration tool
(monitoring only)
System Configuration
Mounting bracket
Accessory
F39-BT
Bluetooth
Communication Unit
F39-BTLP
Lamp and Bluetooth
Communication Unit
F39-HGA@@@@
Spatter Protection Cover
(for F3SG-RA-01TS)
F39-LGF
Standard Fixed Bracket
Emitter
F39-PTG
Laser Pointer
Receiver
Recommended safety controller *2
F3SG-RA-01TS
F39-LP
Lamp
Accessory
NX/NE1A-series
Safety Network Controller
F39-JD□B
Double-Ended Cable
F39-LGA
Standard Adjustable
Bracket
Emitter
Up to
three sets
G9SP-series
Safety Controller
F39-JGR2WTS
Cascading Cable
Receiver
Accessory *1
PC
G9SE/G9SA-series
Safety Relay Unit
IF-U
F39-GIF
Interface Unit
F39-JD□B
Double-Ended Cable
F39-JD□A
Single-Ended Cable
or
Configuration Tool
SD Manager 2
G9SX-series
Flexible Safety Unit
G7SA/G7S-E
Relays with Forcibly
Guided Contacts
Accessory
F39-LGTB
F39-LGTB-1
Top/Bottom
Adjustable
T
Bracket
F39-CN5
F39-JD@@@@BA
Reduced wiring
connector system
*1. The F3SG-RA-01TS provides only the monitoring
functionality.
*2. The recommended safety controller is required to
build a safety circuit using emergency stop
switches and door switches.
93
F3SG-RA-01TS
Ordering Information
Main Units
Safety Light Curtain
Hand and arm protection
Number of beams
Protective height
(mm)
Model
8
185
F3SG-4RA0185-25-01TS
12
265
F3SG-4RA0265-25-01TS
16
345
F3SG-4RA0345-25-01TS
20
425
F3SG-4RA0425-25-01TS
24
505
F3SG-4RA0505-25-01TS
28
585
F3SG-4RA0585-25-01TS
32
665
F3SG-4RA0665-25-01TS
36
745
F3SG-4RA0745-25-01TS
40
825
F3SG-4RA0825-25-01TS
44
905
F3SG-4RA0905-25-01TS
48
985
F3SG-4RA0985-25-01TS
52
1,065
F3SG-4RA1065-25-01TS
56
1,145
F3SG-4RA1145-25-01TS
60
1,225
F3SG-4RA1225-25-01TS
64
1,305
F3SG-4RA1305-25-01TS
68
1,385
F3SG-4RA1385-25-01TS
72
1,465
F3SG-4RA1465-25-01TS
76
1,545
F3SG-4RA1545-25-01TS
80
1,625
F3SG-4RA1625-25-01TS
84
1,705
F3SG-4RA1705-25-01TS
88
1,785
F3SG-4RA1785-25-01TS
92
1,865
F3SG-4RA1865-25-01TS
96
1,945
F3SG-4RA1945-25-01TS
Accessories (Sold separately)
Safety light curtain connecting cable
Single-Ended Cable (2 cables per set, one for emitter and one for receiver) *
Appearance
Cable length
Specifications
Model
For emitter M12 connector (8-pin), Color: Gray
3m
Connected to Power Cable or Double-Ended Cable
F39-JD3A
White
Brown
Black
Yellow
Gray
Pink
Blue
Red
F39-JD7A
2
1
7
7m
3
8
6
4
5
Female
10m
1 Not used
2 +24 VDC
3 TEST
4 Not used
5 Not used
6 Not used
7 0 VDC
8 Not used
Shield
F39-JD10A
For receiver M12 connector (8-pin), Color: Gray
Connected to Power Cable or Double-Ended Cable
15m
7
6
20m
2
1
3
8
5
4
Female
1 OSSD 2
2 +24 VDC
3 OSSD 1
4 AUX
5 Not used
6 Not used
7 0 VDC
8 EDM
Shield
White
Brown
Black
Yellow
Gray
Pink
Blue
Red
F39-JD15A
F39-JD20A
* The cable for emitter and the cable for receiver are available separately. Add '-L' for emitter or '-D' for receiver to the end of the model number
when you order.
Single-Ended Cable for Emitter: F39-JD@A-L, Single-Ended Cable for Receiver: F39-JD@A-D
Note: To extend the cable length to more than 20 m, add the F39-JD@B Double-Ended Cable.
94
F3SG-RA-01TS
Doble-Ended Cable (2 cables per set, one for emitter and one for receiver) *
For cable extension
Appearance
Cable length
Specifications
Model
For emitter M12 connector (8-pin), Color: Gray
0.5 m
2
1
1m
7
3
8
6
4
5
3m
Female
5m
2 Brown
7 Blue
5 Gray
6 Pink
1 White
8 Red
3 Black
4 Yellow
Shield
2 Brown
7 Blue
5 Gray
6 Pink
1 White
8 Red
3 Black
4 Yellow
Shield
F39-JDR5B
1
2
3
7
8
4
F39-JD1B
6
5
F39-JD3B
Male
F39-JD5B
For receiver M12 connector (8-pin), Color: Black
Connected to Power Cable
or Double-Ended Cable
7m
10 m
2
1
7
3
8
6
4
5
15 m
Female
20 m
Connected to Single-Ended Cable,
or Double-Ended Cable
2 Brown
7 Blue
5 Gray
6 Pink
1 White
8 Red
3 Black
4 Yellow
Shield
2 Brown
7 Blue
5 Gray
6 Pink
1 White
8 Red
3 Black
4 Yellow
Shield
F39-JD10B
1
2
3
8
4
F39-JD7B
7
6
5
F39-JD15B
Male
F39-JD20B
* The cable for emitter and the cable for receiver are available separately. Add '-L' for emitter or '-D' for receiver to the end of the model number
when you order.
Double-Ended Cable for Emitter: F39-JD(R)@B-L, Double-Ended Cable for Receiver: F39-JD(R)@B-D
Note: To extend the cable length to more than 20 m, add the F39-JD@B Double-Ended Cable to the F39-JD@A Single-Ended Cable.
To extend the cable length to more than 40 m, add several Double-Ended Cables to the Single-Ended Cable.
Example: To extend the cable length to 50 m, connect two F39-JD20B (20 m) cables and one F39-JD10A (10 m) cable.
Emitter
Cable is gray
F39-JD@B-L (Gray)
Double-Ended Cable
F39-JD@B
F39-JD@B-D (Black)
Cable is black
Single-Ended Cable
F39-JD@A
F39-JD@A-D (Black)
Cascading Cable (2 cables per set, for emitter and receiver)
Appearance
Type
Cable length
Specifications
Secondary
sensor 1
(Emitter)
Cap (8-pin),
M12
connector (8-pin)
Model
Secondary
sensor 1
(Receiver)
Cascading Cable
F39-JGR2WTS
0.2m
Primary
sensor
(Emitter)
F3SG-RA-01TS
Receiver
F39-JD@A-L (Gray)
F39-JGR2WTS
Primary
sensor
(Receiver)
Cable
F39-JD@A-L
Cable
F39-JD@A-D
Note: The Double-Ended Cable (up to 10 m: F39-JD10B) can be added to extend the cable length between the series-connected sensors.
Cable length between sensors: 10 m max. (not including cascading cable (F39-JGR2WTS) and power cable)
Remove the cap
Cable is gray
Emitter
Emitter
F39-JD@B-L (Gray)
Double-Ended Cable
F39-JD@B
Receiver
Cable is gray
Cascading Cable
F39-JGR2WTS
F39-JD@B-D (Black)
Receiver
Cable is black
Cable is black
Remove the cap
95
F3SG-RA-01TS
Reduced Wiring Connector System (Order the F39-CN5 and Cables for Reduce Wiring.)
Reduced Wiring Connector
Appearance
Specifications
IP67 rated when mated.
F3SG-RA-01TS
Emitter
F3SG-RA-01TS
Receiver
Model
F39-CN5
Reduced Wiring Connector
F39-CN5
Note: When using the Reduced Wiring Connector (F39-CN5), the following functions are not
available.
- External Device Monitoring
- Auxiliary Output
F39-JD@A-D
Single-Ended
Cable (Black)
F39-JD@-B-L
Double-Ended
Cable (Gray)
Cable for Reduce Wiring* (2 cables per set, one for emitter and one for receiver)
Appearance
Cable length
Specifications
Remarks
Model
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD3B-L
Emitter: 3 m
F39-JD0303BA
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD3A-D
Receiver: 3 m
Emitter: 3 m
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD3B-L
F39-JD0307BA
Receiver: 7 m
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD7A-D
Emitter: 3 m
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD3B-L
F39-JD0310BA
Receiver: 10 m
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD10A-D
Emitter: 5 m
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD5B-L
F39-JD0503BA
Receiver: 3 m
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD3A-D
Emitter: 5 m
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD5B-L
IP67 rated
F39-JD0507BA
Receiver: 7 m
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD7A-D
when mated.
Emitter: 5 m
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD5B-L
F39-JD0510BA
Receive: 10mr
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD10A-D
Emitter: 10 m
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD10B-L
F39-JD1003BA
Receiver: 3 m
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD3A-D
Emitter: 10 m
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD10B-L
F39-JD1007BA
Receiver: 7 m
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD7A-D
Emitter: 10 m
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD10B-L
F39-JD1010BA
Receiver: 10 m
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD10A-D
Note: A combination of emitter and receiver cables of other lengths than the above is also available. For details, contact your Omron representative.
* Double-Ended Cable for emitter and Single-Ended Cable for receiver.
Sensor Mounting Brackets
Appearance
Specification
Standard Fixed
Bracket
Application
Bracket to mount the F3SG-RA-01TS.
Side mounting and backside mounting possible.
(Sold separately as a set of two Brackets. Refer to note
*1 for the number of sets required for each model.)
Bracket to mount the F3SG-RA-01TS.
Beam alignment after mounting possible.
The angle adjustment range is ±15°.
Side mounting and backside mounting possible.
(Sold separately as a set of two Brackets. Refer to note
*1 for the number of sets required for each model.)
Bracket to mount the F3SG-RA-01TS. Use this bracket
at the top and bottom positions of the F3SG-RA-01TS.
Top/Bottom
Beam alignment after mounting possible.
Adjustable Bracket *2
The angle adjustment range is ±22.5°.
Side mounting and backside mounting possible.
(Sold separately. 4 brackets per set.)
Top/Bottom
Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket without a bracket to
Adjustable Bracket *2
mount to the wall. Use the user's own wall mounting part
(For user-made mounting to suit the machine.
part)
(Sold separately. 4 brackets per set.)
Standard
Adjustable
Bracket
Model
F39-LGF
F39-LGA
F39-LGTB
F39-LGTB-1
*1. Protective height of 0185 to 1225: 2 sets, Protective height of 1305 to 1945: 3 sets
*2. Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket cannot be used with the Standard Fixed Bracket. Use with the Standard Adjustable Bracket.
Using Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets with Standard Adjustable Brackets
Protective height of 1065 or less: The Standard Adjustable Bracket is not required. Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets
(F39-LGTB(-1)).
Protective height of 1145 to 1945: Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGTB(-1)) and 1 set of Standard Adjustable
Brackets (F39-LGA).
96
F3SG-RA-01TS
Interface units and configuration tool SD Manager 2 *
Appearance
Type
SD Manager 2
Specifications
The Configuration Tool SD Manager 2 is
available to download from our website at
http://www.ia.omron.com/f3sg-r_tool.
Model
−
F39-GIF interface unit to connect the F3SG-RA-01TS
receiver to a USB port of the PC
Interface Unit
Bluetooth
Communication Unit
Accessories:
0.3-m Dedicated Cable 1 (1),
2-m Dedicated Cable 2 (1),
Instruction Manual
F39-BT bluetooth unit to enable bluetooth on the
F3SG-RA
F39-GIF
F39-BT
IP67 rated when mated.
* The F3SG-RA-01TS provides only the monitoring functionality.
Lamp
Appearance
Type
Lamp
Lamp and Bluetooth
Communication Unit
Specifications
The lamp can be connected to a receiver and turned ON
based on the operation of F3SG-RA.
The lamp output pattern is set as follows:
Red (ON): Inverted signal of safety output information
Orange (Blink once): Inverted signal of stable-state
information
Green (ON): Safety output information
Model
F39-LP
F39-BTLP
End Cap *
Appearance
Specifications
Housing color: Black
For both emitter and receiver
(Attached to the F3SG-RA-01TS. The End Cap can be purchased if lost.)
Model
F39-CNM
IP67 rated when mated.
F3SG-RA-01TS
IP67 rated when mated.
* This accessory can also be used with the F3SG-RA-02TS.
Laser Pointer for F3SG-R
Appearance
Specifications
Model
The laser pointer is attached on the optical surface of the F3SG-R to help coarse
adjustment of beams.
F39-PTG
97
F3SG-RA-01TS
Spatter Protection Cover (2 covers per set, one for emitter and one for receiver)
Spatter Protection Covers include mounting brackets.
Safety Light Curtain Model
Appearance
Hand protection
Model
F3SG-4RA0185-25-01TS
F39-HGA0200
F3SG-4RA0265-25-01TS
F39-HGA0280
F3SG-4RA0345-25-01TS
F39-HGA0360
F3SG-4RA0425-25-01TS
F39-HGA0440
F3SG-4RA0505-25-01TS
F39-HGA0520
F3SG-4RA0585-25-01TS
F39-HGA0600
F3SG-4RA0665-25-01TS
F39-HGA0680
F3SG-4RA0745-25-01TS
F39-HGA0760
F3SG-4RA0825-25-01TS
F39-HGA0840
F3SG-4RA0905-25-01TS
F39-HGA0920
F3SG-4RA0985-25-01TS
F39-HGA1000
F3SG-4RA1065-25-01TS
F39-HGA1080
F3SG-4RA1145-25-01TS
F39-HGA1160
F3SG-4RA1225-25-01TS
F39-HGA1240
F3SG-4RA1305-25-01TS
F39-HGA1320
F3SG-4RA1385-25-01TS
F39-HGA1400
F3SG-4RA1465-25-01TS
F39-HGA1480
F3SG-4RA1545-25-01TS
F39-HGA1560
F3SG-4RA1625-25-01TS
F39-HGA1640
F3SG-4RA1705-25-01TS
F39-HGA1720
F3SG-4RA1785-25-01TS
F39-HGA1800
F3SG-4RA1865-25-01TS
F39-HGA1880
F3SG-4RA1945-25-01TS
F39-HGA1960
Note: 1. The operating range of the Safety Light Curtain attached with the product is 10% shorter than the rating.
2. The product extends over the DIP Switch cover of the Safety Light Curtain. Be sure to use the product only after all required settings are
made to the DIP Switch.
Test Rod
98
Diameter
Model
25 mm dia.
F39-TRD25
F3SG-RA-01TS
Ratings and Specifications
Main unit
The @@@@ in the model names indicate the protective heights in millimeters.
F3SG-4RA-25-01TS
Object Resolution
(Detection Capability)
Opaque objects
Beam Gap
20 mm
Number of Beams
8 to 96
Lens Size
6.0×5.0 (W×H) mm
25-mm dia.
Protective Height
Operating Range
Performance
Response Time
Effective Aperture Angle
(EAA) (IEC 61496-2)
185 to 1945 mm (7.3 to 76.6 inch)
Long
0.3 to 17.0 m (1 to 56 ft.)
Short
0.3 to 5.0 m (1 to 16 ft.)
ON to OFF
8 to 13 ms *1
OFF to ON
40 to 65ms *1
*1.Response time when used in one segment system or in cascaded connection.
Refer to page 101 for the one segment system. Refer to Safety Light Curtain F3SG-4RA@@@@-25-01TS Series User's
Manual (ManNo.: Z380) for cascaded connection.
Type 4
±2.5° max., emitter and receiver at operating range of 3 m or greater
Light Source
Infrared LEDs, Wavelength: 870 nm
Startup Waiting Time
2 s max.
Power Supply Voltage (Vs)
SELV/PELV 24 VDC±20% (ripple p-p 10% max.)
Current Consumption
Refer to page 101 .
Two PNP or NPN transistor outputs (PNP or NPN is selectable by DIP Switch.)
Load current of 300 mA max., Residual voltage of 2 V max. (except for voltage drop due to cable
extension), Capacitive load of 1 μF max., Inductive load of 2.2 H max. *1
Leakage current of 1 mA max. (PNP), 2 mA max. (NPN) *2
Safety Outputs (OSSD)
*1.The load inductance is the maximum value when the safety output frequently repeats ON and
OFF. When you use the safety output at 4 Hz or less, the usable load inductance becomes larger.
*2.These values must be taken into consideration when connecting elements including a capacitive
load such as a capacitor.
One PNP or NPN transistor output (Safety Output and homopolarity)
Load current of 100 mA max., Residual voltage of 2 V max
Auxiliary Output
Output Operation
Mode
Light-ON (Safety output is enabled when the receiver receives an emitting signal.)
Auxiliary Output
Reverse output of safety output
External device
monitoring input
(Lockout reset input)
PNP
ON voltage: Vs-3 V to Vs (short circuit current: approx. 6.5 mA) *
OFF voltage: 0 V to 1/2 Vs, or open (short circuit current: approx. 8.0 mA) *
NPN
ON voltage: 0 to 3 V (short circuit current: approx. 8.0 mA) *
OFF voltage: 1/2 Vs to Vs, or open (short circuit current: approx. 6.5 mA) *
Input Voltage
24 V inactive setting
ON voltage: 0 to 1.5 V or open (short circuit current: approx. 2.0 mA)
OFF voltage: 9 V to Vs (short circuit current: approx. 2.5 mA) *
Test input
0 V inactive setting
ON voltage: 9 V to Vs or open (short circuit current: approx. 2.5 mA)
OFF voltage: 0 to 3 V (short circuit current: approx. 2.0 mA)
F3SG-RA-01TS
Electrical
Safety Output
* The Vs indicates a supply voltage value in your environment.
Overvoltage Category (IEC 60664-1)
Indicators
II
Refer to page 103 .
Protective Circuit
Output short protection, Power supply reverse polarity protection
Insulation Resistance
20 MΩ or higher (500 VDC megger)
Dielectric Strength
1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz (1 min)
Mutual Interference Prevention (Scan Code)
This function prevents mutual interference in up to two F3SG-RA systems.
Cascade Connection
Number of cascaded segments: 3 max.
Total number of beams: 255 max.
Cable length between sensors: 10 m max.
(not including cascading cable (F39-JGR2WTS) and power cable)
Test Function
Self-test (at power-on, and during operation)
External test (light emission stop function by test input)
Safety-Related Functions
External device monitoring (EDM)
Scan code selection
PNP/NPN selection
Functional
99
F3SG-RA-01TS
F3SG-4RA-25-01TS
Ambient Temperature
Ambient Humidity
Environmental
-10 to 55°C (14 to 131°F) (non-icing)
Storage
-25 to 70°C (-13 to 158°F)
Operating
35% to 85% (non-condensing)
Storage
Ambient Illuminance
Degree of Protection
(IEC 60529)
IP65 and IP67
Vibration Resistance
(IEC 61496-1)
10 to 55 Hz, Multiple amplitude of 0.7 mm, 20 sweeps for all 3 axes
Shock Resistance
(IEC 61496-1)
100 m/s2, 1000 shocks for all 3 axes
Pollution Degree
(IEC 60664-1)
Pollution Degree 3
Cascading cable
Type of Connection
M12 connectors: 8-pin emitter and receiver, IP67 rated when mated,
Cables pre-wired to the sensors
Number of Wires
On emitter: 5-wire, On receiver: 8-wire
Cable Length
0.3 m
Cable Diameter
6 mm
Minimum Bending
Radius
R5 mm
Type of Connection
M12 connectors: 8-pin emitter and receiver, IP67 rated when mated
Number of Wires
On emitter: 5-wire, On receiver: 8-wire
Cable Length
0.2 m
Cable Diameter
6 mm
Minimum Bending
Radius
R5 mm
Type of Connection
M12 connectors: 8-pin emitter and receiver, IP67 rated when mated
Number of Wires
On emitter and receiver: 8-wire
Extension cable
Cable Length
- Single-Ended Cable
- Double-Ended Cable Cable Diameter
Minimum Bending
Radius
Refer to page 94.
6.6 mm
R36 mm
Extension of Power Cable
100 m max.(Emitter/Receiver)
Material
Housing: Aluminum alloy
Cap: PBT resin
Front window: Acrylic resin
Cable: Oil-resistant PVC resin
FE plate: Stainless steel
Material
Weight
Included Accessories
Conforming standards
Conformity
35% to 95%
Incandescent lamp: 3,000 Ix max. on receiver surface
Sunlight: 10,000 Ix max. on receiver surface
Power cable
Connections
Operating
Refer to page 101 .
Safety Precautions, Quick Installation Manual, Troubleshooting Guide Sticker,
Refer to page 102 .
Type of ESPE (IEC 61496-1)
Type 4
Performance Level (PL)/
Safety category
PL e/Category 4 (EN ISO 13849-1:2015)
PFHD
1.1 × 10-8 (IEC 61508)
Proof test interval TM
Every 20 years (IEC 61508)
SFF
99% (IEC 61508)
HFT
1 (IEC 61508)
Classification
Type B (IEC 61508-2)
Bluetooth Communication Unit
Communication System
Bluetooth Version 3.0
Communication Profile
SPP (Serial Port Profile)
Transmission Distance
Approx. 10 m max. (Output power: Class 2) *
* It depends on use environment conditions.
100
F3SG-RA-01TS
List of Models/Response Time/Current Consumption/Weight
Model
F3SG-4RA0185-25-01TS
F3SG-4RA0265-25-01TS
F3SG-4RA0345-25-01TS
F3SG-4RA0425-25-01TS
F3SG-4RA0505-25-01TS
F3SG-4RA0585-25-01TS
F3SG-4RA0665-25-01TS
F3SG-4RA0745-25-01TS
F3SG-4RA0825-25-01TS
F3SG-4RA0905-25-01TS
F3SG-4RA0985-25-01TS
F3SG-4RA1065-25-01TS
F3SG-4RA1145-25-01TS
F3SG-4RA1225-25-01TS
F3SG-4RA1305-25-01TS
F3SG-4RA1385-25-01TS
F3SG-4RA1465-25-01TS
F3SG-4RA1545-25-01TS
F3SG-4RA1625-25-01TS
F3SG-4RA1705-25-01TS
F3SG-4RA1785-25-01TS
F3SG-4RA1865-25-01TS
F3SG-4RA1945-25-01TS
*1.
*2.
*3.
*4.
Number of
Beams
Protective
Height
[mm]
Current
Consumption [mA]
Response Time [ms] *1
8
185
8
35
75
0.7
1.4
12
265
8
40
140
35
75
0.9
1.6
16
345
8
40
140
40
75
1.1
1.9
20
425
8
40
140
45
75
1.3
2.2
24
505
8
40
140
50
75
1.5
2.5
28
585
8
40
140
50
75
1.7
2.7
32
665
8
40
140
55
75
1.9
3.0
36
745
8
40
140
60
80
2.1
3.3
40
825
8
40
140
65
80
2.3
3.6
44
905
13
65
165
50
80
2.5
3.8
48
985
13
65
165
50
80
2.8
4.1
52
1065
13
65
165
55
80
3.0
4.4
56
1145
13
65
165
55
85
3.2
4.7
60
1225
13
65
165
55
85
3.4
5.0
64
1305
13
65
165
60
85
3.6
5.2
68
1385
13
65
165
60
85
3.8
5.5
72
1465
13
65
165
65
85
4.0
5.8
76
1545
13
65
165
65
90
4.2
6.0
80
1625
13
65
165
70
90
4.4
6.3
84
1705
13
65
165
70
90
4.6
6.6
88
1785
13
65
165
70
90
4.9
6.9
92
1865
13
65
165
75
90
5.1
7.1
96
1945
13
65
165
75
95
5.3
7.4
ON → OFF
*2
OFF
(Not synchronized)
→ ON
140
Weight [kg]
OFF
(Synchronized)
→ ON
40
Emitter
Receiver
Net *3
Gross
*4
The maximum speed of movement of a test rod up to which the detection capability is maintained is 2.0 m/s.
The response times are values when Scan Code is set at Code B. The response times for Code A are 1 ms shorter than these values.
The net weight is the weight of an emitter and a receiver.
The gross weight is the weight of an emitter, a receiver, included accessories and a package.
F3SG-RA-01TS
101
F3SG-RA-01TS
Legislation and Standards
1. The F3SG-RA-01TS does not receive type approval provided by Article 44-2 of the Industrial Safety and Health Act of Japan. When using the
F3SG-RA-01TS in Japan as a "safety system for pressing or shearing machines" prescribed in Article 42 of that law, the machine control system
must receive type approval.
2. The F3SG-RA-01TS is electro-sensitive protective equipment (ESPE) in accordance with European Union (EU) Machinery Directive Index
Annex V, Item 2.
3. EC Declaration of Conformity
OMRON declares that the F3SG-RA-01TS is in conformity with the requirements of the following EC Directives:
Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC
EMC Directive2014/30/EU
4. Conforming Standards
(1) European standards
EN61496-1 (Type 4 and Type 2 ESPE), EN 61496-2 (Type 4 and Type 2 AOPD), EN61508-1 through -4 (SIL 3 for Type 4 and SIL 1 for
Type 2), EN ISO 13849-1:2015 (PL e, Category 4 for Type 4 and PL c, Category 2 for Type 2)
(2) International standards
IEC61496-1 (Type 4 and Type 2 ESPE), IEC61496-2 (Type 4 and Type 2 AOPD), IEC61508-1 through -4 (SIL 3 for Type 4 and SIL 1 for
Type 2), ISO 13849-1:2015 (PL e, Category 4 for Type 4 and PL c, Category 2 for Type 2)
(3) JIS standards
JIS B 9704-1 (Type 4 and Type 2 ESPE), JIS B 9704-2 (Type 4 and Type 2 AOPD)
(4) North American standards
UL61496-1(Type 4 and Type 2 ESPE), UL61496-2(Type 4 and Type 2 AOPD), UL508, UL1998,
CAN/CSA C22.2 No.14, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.0.8
5. Third-Party Certifications
(1) TÜV SÜD
• EC Type-Examination certificate:
EU Machinery Directive, Type 4 and Type 2 ESPE (EN61496-1), Type 4 and Type 2 AOPD (EN 61496-2)
• Certificate:
Type 4 and Type 2 ESPE (EN61496-1), Type 4 and Type 2 AOPD (EN61496-2), EN 61508-1 through -4 (SIL 3 for Type 4 and SIL 1 for
Type 2), EN ISO 13849-1:2015 (PL e, Category 4 for Type 4, and PL c, Category 2 for Type 2)
(2) UL
• UL Listing:
Type 4 and Type 2 ESPE (UL61496-1), Type 4 and Type 2 AOPD (UL61496-2), UL508, UL1998, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.14, CAN/CSA C22.2
No.0.8
6. Other Standards
The F3SG-RA-01TS is designed according to the standards listed below. To make sure that the final system complies with the following
standards and regulations, you are asked to design and use it in accordance with all other related standards, laws, and regulations. If you have
any questions, consult with specialized organizations such as the body responsible for prescribing and/or enforcing machinery safety regulations
in the location where the equipment is to be used.
• European Standards: EN415-4, EN691-1, EN692, EN693, IEC 62046
• U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Standards: OSHA 29 CFR 1910.212
• U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Standards: OSHA 29 CFR 1910.217
• American National Standards: ANSI B11.1 to B11.19
• American National Standards: ANSI/RIA R15.06
• Canadian Standards Association CSA Z142, Z432, Z434
• SEMI Standards SEMI S2
• Japan Ministry of Health, Labour and Welfare "Guidelines for Comprehensive Safety Standards of Machinery", Standard Bureau's Notification
No. 0731001 dated July 31, 2007.rms and Conditions Agreement
102
F3SG-RA-01TS
Indicator
Emitter
Color
Illuminated
TEST
Name of Indicator
Green
−
LONG
Green
Long range mode is selected
Lockout state due to DIP Switch setting error or
Operating range selection setting error
POWER
Green
Power is ON.
Error due to noise
LOCKOUT
Blinking
External Test is being performed
−
Red
Lockout state due to error in emitter
Receiver
Name of Indicator
Color
TOP
Blue
NPN
Green
Illuminated
Blinking
The top beam is unblocked
Lockout state due to Cap error or Other sensor error
−
NPN mode is selected by DIP Switch
CFG
Green
−
EDM
Green
EDM input is in ON state *
Lockout state due to Cascading Configuration error
Lockout state due to EDM error
INTERNAL
Red
−
Lockout state due to Internal error,
or error due to abnormal power supply or noise
LOCKOUT
Red
−
Lockout state due to error in receiver
STB
Green
Safety output is instantaneously turned OFF
Incident light level is 170% or higher of ON-threshold
due to ambient light or vibration
Green
Safety output is in ON state
−
ON/OFF
Red
COM
Green
BTM
Blue
Safety output is in OFF state
Lockout state due to Safety Output error,
or error due to abnormal power supply or noise
Synchronization between emitter and receiver is
maintained
Lockout state due to Communication error,
or error due to abnormal power supply or noise
The bottom beam is unblocked
Lockout state due to DIP Switch setting error
* The LED is illuminated when the EDM input is in ON state regardless of wiring with EDM used or unused.
Interface Unit
PC/AT compatible machine (computer that runs Microsoft Windows)
Operating system (OS)
Windows 7 (32-bit/64-bit), Windows 8, 8.1 (32-bit/64-bit), Windows 10 (32-bit/64-bit)
Communication port
USB port ×1
Ambient temperature
Operating: -10 to 55°C, Storage: -30 to 70°C(non-icing and non-condensing)
Ambient humidity
Operating: 35% to 85%, Storage: 35% to 95%(non-condensing)
Lamp
Item
F39-LP
Applicable Sensor
F3SG-@RA Series Safety Light Curtain (Receiver)
LED Light Color
Red/Orange/Green
Power Supply Voltage
24 VDC±20%, ripple p-p 10% max.(shares sensor′s power supply)
Current Consumption
25 mA max. (shares sensor′s power supply.)
Ambient Temperature
Operating: -10 to 55°C, Storage: -25 to 70°C
Ambient Humidity
Operating: 35% to 85%, Storage: 35% to 95%
Vibration Resistance
10 to 55 Hz, Multiple amplitude of 0.7 mm,20 sweeps for all 3 axes
Shock Resistance
100 m/s2 , 1000 shocks for all 3 axes
Degree of Protection
IP65 and IP67(When attached to F3SG)
Type of Connection
Connectable to F3SG-RA′s terminal connector
Material
Lighting element: PC, Other body parts: PBT
Weight
45 g (when packaged)
F3SG-RA-01TS
Main unit
103
F3SG-RA-01TS
Connections (Basic Wiring Diagram)
Standalone F3SG-RA-01TS using PNP Outputs
EDM disabled, External Test unused and PNP Outputs
The following is the example of EDM disabled, PNP outputs and External Test unused.
DIP Switch settings *1
Function
Receiver
Emitter
DIP-SW1
DIP-SW2
EDM Disabled (factory default setting)
2
ON
2
ON
PNP (factory default setting)
7
ON
7
ON
External Test: 24 V Inactive (factory default setting)
4
ON
: Indicates a switch position.
Configure functions with the DIP Switches before wiring.
Emitter
Receiver
Wiring Example
IN1
0V
Shielded wire
0 VDC: Blue
OSSD2: White
OSSD1: Black
Not used: Pink
Not used: Gray
AUX: Yellow
EDM input: Red *3
24 VDC: Brown
TEST: Black *2
+DC24V
F39-JD@A-D
24 VDC: Brown
Not used: Pink
E1
Not used: Red
Not used: Gray
Not used: Yellow
Not used: White
0 VDC: Blue
Shielded wire
F39-JD@A-L
IN2
Safety
Controller *4 *5
Functional Earth
*1.The functions are configurable with DIP Switch. Refer to Safety Light Curtain F3SG-4RA@@@@-25-01TS Series User's Manual for more
information on setting the functions by the DIP Switch.
*2.When the external test function is used, connect to 24V via the test switch (N.C. contact).
*3.Also used for the lockout reset input. When using the lockout reset function, connect to 24V via lockout reset switch (N.C. contact).
*4.Refer to page 106 for more information.
*5.The safety controller and the F3SG-RA-01TS must share the power supply or be connected to the common terminal of the power supply.
E1: 24VDC power supply (S8VS)
Unblocked
Blocked
OSSD
Note: Functional earth connection is unnecessary when you use the F3SG-RA-01TS in a general industrial environment where noise control or
stable power supply is considered. However, when you use the F3SG-RA-01TS in an environment where there may be excessive noise
from surroundings or stable power supply may be interfered, it is recommended the F3SG-RA-01TS be connected to functional earth.
The wiring examples in later examples do not indicate functional earth. To use functional earth, wire an earth cable according to the example
above. Refer to Safety Light Curtain F3SG-4RA@@@@-25-01TS Series User's Manual for more information.
104
F3SG-RA-01TS
Standalone F3SG-RA-01TS using NPN Outputs
EDM enabled, External Test 0V Inactive and NPN Outputs
The following is the example of External Device Monitoring enabled, NPN outputs and External Test in 0 V Inactive.
DIP Switch settings *1
Function
Receiver
Emitter
DIP-SW1
DIP-SW2
EDM Enabled
2
ON
2
ON
NPN
7
ON
7
ON
External Test: 0 V Inactive
4
ON
: Indicates a switch position.
Configure functions with the DIP Switches before wiring.
Emitter
Receiver
Wiring Example
Shielded wire
0 VDC: Blue
OSSD2: White
OSSD1: Black
Not used: Pink
Not used: Gray
AUX: Yellow
EDM input: Red *2
24 VDC: Brown
TEST: Black
F39-JD@A-D
24 VDC: Brown
Not used: Red
Not used: Pink
Not used: Gray
Not used: Yellow
Not used: White
0 VDC: Blue
Shielded wire
F39-JD@A-L
KM1
S1
KM1 KM2
KM2
+DC24V
IN
0V
PLC
*1.The functions are configurable with DIP Switch. Refer to Safety Light Curtain F3SG-4RA@@@@-25-01TS Series User's Manual for
more information on setting the functions by the DIP Switch.
*2.Also used for the lockout reset input. When using the lockout reset function connect to 0V via lockout reset switch (N.C. contact).
S1: External test switch(connect to 0V if a switch is not required)
KM1, KM2: Safety relay with forcibly guided contacts (G7SA) or magnetic contactor
E1: 24VDC power supply (S8VS)
PLC: Programmable controller (Used for monitoring -- not related to safety system)
F3SG-RA-01TS
E1
Unblocked
Blocked
External Test Switch(S1)
OSSD
Lockout
State
KM1, KM2 NO contact
PLC input
PLC output
Note: For the functional earth connection, refer to page 104.
105
F3SG-RA-01TS
Connectable Safety Control Units
The F3SG-RA-01TS with PNP output can be connected to the safety control units listed in the table below.
Connectable Safety Control Units (PNP output)
Safety Relay Units
G9SA-301
G9SA-321-T
G9SA-501
G9SB-200-B
G9SB-200-D
G9SB-301-B
G9SB-301-D
G9SE-201
G9SE-401
G9SE-221-T
Flexible Safety Units
G9SX-AD322-T
G9SX-ADA222-T
G9SX-BC202
G9SX-GS226-T15
Safety Controllers
G9SP-N10S
G9SP-N10D
G9SP-N20S
NE0A-SCPU01
NE1A-SCPU01
NE1A-SCPU02
DST1-ID12SL-1
DST1-MD16SL-1
DST1-MRD08SL-1
NX-SIH400
NX-SID800
F3SP-T01
The F3SG-R with NPN output can be connected to the safety control unit listed in the table below.
Connectable Safety Control Units (NPN output)
Safety Relay Units
G9SA-301-P
106
F3SG-RA-01TS
Input/Output Circuit
Entire Circuit Diagram
The entire circuit diagram of the F3SG-RA-01TS is shown below.
The numbers in the circles indicate the connector's pin numbers.
PNP Output
1
White
Not used
Indicator
2
Test Input
Circuit
Emitter
Main Circuit
3
4
5
6
7
8
2
EDM
circuit
8
6
Receiver
Main Circuit 2
1
Black
TEST
Yellow Not used
Gray Not used
Pink Not used
Blue
Red Not used
Brown
Red
EDM input
Pink Not used
F3SG-RA-01TS
5
+24 VDC
Brown
Gray Not used
White
OSSD 2
Load
3
Black
OSSD 1
Receiver
Main Circuit 1
Load
Indicator
4
Yellow
AUX
Load
7
Blue
0 VDC
107
F3SG-RA-01TS
NPN Output
1
White
Not used
Indicator
2
Test Input
Circuit
Emitter
Main Circuit
3
4
5
6
7
8
2
EDM
circuit
8
6
+24 VDC
Brown
Black
TEST
Yellow
Not used
Gray Not used
Pink
Not used
Blue
Red Not used
Brown
Red
Pink
EDM input
Not used
Load
5
Receiver
Main Circuit 2
1
Gray Not used
White OSSD 2
Load
3
Black
OSSD 1
Receiver
Main Circuit 1
Load
Indicator
4
7
108
Yellow
Blue
AUX
0 VDC
F3SG-RA-01TS
Input Circuit Diagram by Function
The input circuit diagrams of by function are shown below.
24V Inactive
PNP Output
+24 VDC
+24 VDC
5V
Short circuit current:
Approximately 3 mA
Emitter
Main
Circuit
Receiver
Main
Circuit
0 VDC
Short circuit current:
Approximately 6.5 mA
0 VDC
0V Inactive
NPN Output
+24 VDC
+24 VDC
5V
Emitter
Main
Circuit
Short circuit current:
Approximately 2.0 mA
0 VDC
Receiver
Main
Circuit
Short circuit current:
Approximately 8 mA
0 VDC
*Short circuit current: 5mA (Reset input), 3mA (Muting inputs A/B)
F3SG-RA-01TS
109
F3SG-RA-01TS
Dimensions
(Unit: mm)
Mounted with Standard Fixed Brackets (F39-LGF)
50.35
Backside Mounting
40
2-M5 or M6
6.4
51
51
66
D
Standard Fixed
Bracket
(F39-LGF)
A
A
F
F
C (Protective height)
51
Standard Fixed
Bracket
(F39-LGF)
150 max
35
150 max
35
43
P
150 max
20.5
24.85
24.85
150 max
2-M5 or M6
9.2
< Screw: M5 or M6 >
F3SG-4RA@@@@-25-01TS Series
Dimension A
C+23
Dimension C
4-digit number of the type name
(Protective height)
Dimension D
C-45
Dimension P
20
Protective height
(C1)
Number of Standard
Fixed Brackets *1
Dimension F
0185 to 1225
2 *2
1000 mm max.
1305 to 1945
3
1000 mm max.
*1. The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
*2. Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible for the models of protective height of 0185 or 0265. In this case, locate this bracket
at half the Dimension A (or at the center of the sensor length).
110
F3SG-RA-01TS
50.35
Side Mounting
40
150 max
F
A
F
6.4
51
66
51
D
Standard Fixed
Bracket
(F39-LGF)
C (Protective height)
A
51
Standard Fixed
Bracket
(F39-LGF)
2-M5 or M6
150 max
35
35
20.5
43
150 max
P
9.2
42.35
150 max
2-M5 or M6
F3SG-RA-01TS
< Screw: M5 or M6 >
F3SG-4RA@@@@-25-01TS Series
Dimension A
C+23
Dimension C
4-digit number of the type name
(Protective height)
Dimension D
C-45
Dimension P
20
Protective height
(C1)
Number of Standard
Fixed Brackets *1
Dimension F
0185 to 1225
2 *2
1000 mm max.
1305 to 1945
3
1000 mm max.
*1. The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
*2. Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible for the models of protective height of 0185 or 0265. In this case, locate this bracket
at half the Dimension A (or at the center of the sensor length).
111
F3SG-RA-01TS
Mounted with Standard Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGA)
50.35
Backside Mounting
48.6
35
35
150 max
150 max
2-M5 or M6
A
A
F
F
2-M5 or M6
24.85
P
24.85
150 max
9.2
43
20.5
150 max
6.4
72
72
D
Standard
Adjustable
Bracket
(F39-LGA)
84
C (Protective height)
72
Standard
Adjustable
Bracket
(F39-LGA)
< Screw: M5 or M6 >
F3SG-4RA-25-01TS Series
Dimension A
C+23
Dimension C
4-digit number of the type name
(Protective height)
Dimension D
C-45
Dimension P
20
Protective height
(C)
Number of Standard
Adjustable Brackets *1
Dimension F
0185 to 1225
2 *2
1000 mm max.
1305 to 1945
3
1000 mm max.
*1. The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
*2. Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible for the models of protective height of 0185 or 0265. In this case, locate this bracket
at half the Dimension A (or at the center of the sensor length).
112
F3SG-RA-01TS
50.35
Side Mounting
48.6
35
35
A
F
F
20.5
43
42.35
2-M5 or M6
150 max
9.2
150 max
P
6.4
72
72
84
D
Standard
Adjustable
Bracket
(F39-LGA)
C (Protective height)
A
72
Standard
Adjustable
Bracket
(F39-LGA)
150 max
150 max
2-M5 or M6
F3SG-RA-01TS
< Screw: M5 or M6 >
F3SG-4RA-25-01TS Series
Dimension A
C+23
Dimension C
4-digit number of the type name
(Protective height)
Dimension D
C-45
Dimension P
20
Protective height
(C)
Number of Standard
Adjustable Brackets *1
Dimension F
0185 to 1225
2 *2
1000 mm max.
1305 to 1945
3
1000 mm max.
*1. The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
*2. Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible for the models of protective height of 0185 or 0265. In this case, locate this bracket
at half the Dimension A (or at the center of the sensor length).
113
F3SG-RA-01TS
Mounted with Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGTB) and Standard Adjustable
Brackets (F39-LGA)
Dimensions when using the F3SG-RA Series except the F3SG-4RA0185-25-01TS.
Refer to Safety Light Curtain F3SG-4RA@@@@-25-01TS Series User's Manual for the dimensions when using the F3SG-4RA0185-25-01TS.
Backside Mounting
2-M5 or M6
2-M8
4
4
38.5
35
25.75
26.5
23.2
48.6
8.2
Top/Bottom
Adjustable
Bracket
(F39-LGTB)
6.5
53.25
2-S3
Backside : 2-S3
40.8
4
35
H
72
72
G
A
D
6.4
G
84
72
S2.5
I
C (Protective height)
Standard
Adjustable
Bracket
(F39-LGA)
F
F
35
H
13.6
2-M5 or M6
2-M5 or M6
9.2
24.85
24.85
P
24.85
F3SG-4RA-25-01TS Series (Except fot 0185)
Optional
accessory not
connected
F39-JGR2WTS
F39-LP
F39-BTLP
F39-BT
Dimension A
C+23
C+23
Dimension C
4-digit number of
the type name
(Protective height)
4-digit number of the type name
(Protective height)
Dimension D
C-45
Dimension G
C+82.5
C+85.5
C+96
C+107.5
Dimension H
C+108
C+111
C+121.5
C+133
Dimension I
C+127
C+130
C+140.5
C+152
Dimension P
20
Protective height
(C)
114
Optional accessory connected
Number of Standard
Adjustable Brackets
C-45
20
Number of Standard
Adjustable Brackets
Dimension F
0265 to 1065
2
0
-
1145 to 1945
2
1
1000 mm max.
46.5
33.75
43
12
20.5
Top/Bottom
Adjustable
Bracket
(F39-LGTB)
F3SG-RA-01TS
Side Mounting
2-S3
50.35
35
26.5
Top/Bottom
Adjustable 23.2
Bracket
(F39-LGTB)
2-M5 or M6
2-M8
6.5
4
4
38.5
25.75
8.2
51.65
Backside : 2-S3
40.8
F
F
2-M5 or M6
72
H
G
I
A
D
2-M5 or M6
H
C (Protective height)
G
S2.5
6.4
84
72
Standard
Adjustable
Bracket
(F39-LGA)
F
35
35
72
9.6
9.2
F3SG-4RA-25-01TS Series (Except fot 0185)
Optional
accessory not
connected
F39-JGR2WTS
F39-LP
F39-BTLP
F39-BT
C+23
C+23
Dimension C
4-digit number of
the type name
(Protective height)
4-digit number of the type name
(Protective height)
Dimension D
C-45
Dimension G
C+82.5
C+85.5
C+96
C+107.5
Dimension H
C+108
C+111
C+121.5
C+133
Dimension I
C+127
C+130
C+140.5
C+152
Dimension P
20
Number of Standard
Adjustable Brackets
Optional accessory connected
Dimension A
Protective height
(C)
46.5
33.75
12
F3SG-RA-01TS
20.5
Top/Bottom
Adjustable
Bracket
(F39-LGTB)
43
P
42.35
C-45
20
Number of Standard
Adjustable Brackets
Dimension F
0265 to 1065
2
0
-
1145 to 1945
2
1
1000 mm max.
115
F3SG-RA-01TS
Accessories
Sensor Mounting Brackets
Standard Fixed Bracket (F39-LGF, sold separately)
(25.8)
66
(23.1)
8
9.2
32.1
36
6.4
Material: Zinc alloy
51
Standard Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGA, sold separately)
42
45.1
(34.5)
(31.8)
9.2
8
32.9
84
6.4
Material: Zinc alloy, Fluorochemical lubricant oil
72
Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGTB, sold separately)
31
26
Top/Bottom
Bracket (1)
67
18
23.5
4
Screw (2)
161
Top/Bottom
Bracket (2)
20
44
4
5
5
23.2
48.25
26.5
22.25
6.5
4
9.5
8.2
Top/Bottom
Bracket (3)
Screw(1)
35
40.8
116
Material: Stainless steel
F3SG-RA-01TS
Safety light curtain connecting cable
Single-Ended Cable for Emitter (F39-JD@A-L, sold separately)
L
dia. 15
39.5
M12 IP67 connector
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, shielded
8-wire (4-pair) (Cross section of conductor: 0.3mm2/insulator diameter: dia. 1.15mm)
Single-Ended Cable for Receiver (F39-JD@A-D, sold separately)
L
dia. 15
39.5
M12 IP67 connector
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, shielded
8-wire (4-pair) (Cross section of conductor: 0.3mm2/insulator diameter: dia. 1.15mm)
Emitter cable (Gray)
F39-JD3A-L
F39-JD7A-L
F39-JD10A-L
F39-JD15A-L
F39-JD20A-L
Receiver cable (Black)
F39-JD3A-D
F39-JD7A-D
F39-JD10A-D
F39-JD15A-D
F39-JD20A-D
L (m)
3
7
10
15
20
Double-Ended Cable for Emitter: Cable for extension (F39-JD@B-L, sold separately)
39.5
L
43
dia. 15
dia. 15
F3SG-RA-01TS
M12
Body color: Black
Body color: Black
M12 IP67 connector
M12 IP67connector
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, shielded
8-wire (4-pair) (Cross section of conductor: 0.3mm2/ Insulator diameter: 1.15mm)
Double-Ended Cable for Receiver: Cable for extension (F39-JD@B-D, sold separately)
39.5
L
43
dia. 15
dia. 15
M12
Body color: Black
Body color: Black
M12 IP67connector
M12 IP67 connector
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, shielded
8-wire (4-pair) (Cross section of conductor: 0.3mm2/ Insulator diameter: 1.15mm)
Emitter cable (Gray)
F39-JDR5B-L
F39-JD1B-L
F39-JD3B-L
F39-JD5B-L
F39-JD7B-L
F39-JD10B-L
F39-JD15B-L
F39-JD20B-L
Receiver cable (Black)
F39-JDR5B-D
F39-JD1B-D
F39-JD3B-D
F39-JD5B-D
F39-JD7B-D
F39-JD10B-D
F39-JD15B-D
F39-JD20B-D
L (m)
0.5
1
3
5
7
10
15
20
117
F3SG-RA-01TS
Reduced Wiring Connector (F39-CN5, sold separately)
（52）
13.6
24.7 13.6 φ8（SPOT FACING 2）
12
φ4.5
32.1
10
17.7
18
24.2
Cascading Cable for Emitter (F39-JGR2WTS-L, sold separately)
200
23.4
40.7
M12 IP67 Connector 8-pin
10
dia. 14.9
dia. 6
M2.5 screw
Connector
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6 mm, 5-wire
(Cross section of conductor: 0.15 mm2/Insulator diameter: dia. 1 mm)
24.2
Cascading Cable for Receiver (F39-JGR2WTS-D, sold separately)
200
23.4
40.7
M12 IP67 Connector 8-pin
10
dia. 14.9
dia. 6
M2.5 screw
Connector
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6 mm, 8-wire
(Cross section of conductor: 0.15 mm2/Insulator diameter: dia. 1 mm)
118
Set model name
Emitter cable (Gray)
Receiver cable (Black)
L (m)
F39-JGR2WTS
F39-JGR2WTS-L
F39-JGR2WTS-D
0.2
F3SG-RA-01TS
Interface Unit (F39-GIF, sold separately)
(625.7)
(46)
67.9
(11.8)
(12) (16)
35.8
Insulated vinyl round cable 4.6 dia. Standard length: 0.5 m
300
54.4
5.4 dia.
23.3
17.5 dia.
30
10
58
2,000
4.6 dia.
7.7
17.5 dia.
14.5
11
Spatter Protection Cover (F39-HGA, sold separately)
Assembled dimensions
40
Total length
@@@@+4
F39-HGA0550
558
Material: PC (Transparent cover)
ABS (Side wall)
Stainless steel (Bracket)
Aluminum adhesive tape
(Fixing sticker)
41.8
Model
F39-HGA@@@@
F3SG-RA-01TS
Bluetooth Communication Unit
(F39-BT, sold separately)
Lamp and Bluetooth Communication Unit
(F39-BTLP, sold separately)
Lamp (F39-LP, sold separately)
35
35
30
30
35
35
35
16.5
28
35
2.4
2.4
Material: PBT
Material:
PC (Lighting element)
PBT (Other body parts)
Related Manuals
ManNo.
Z380
Model
F3SG-4RA@@@@-25-01TS
Manual name
Safety Light Curtain F3SG-4RA@@@@-25-01TS Series User's Manual
119
Safety Light Curtain
F3SG-RA-02TS
Enhanced Cutting Oil Resistance
• Mechanical seal structure prevents cutting oil
from getting inside
• Special materials and cables significantly enhanced oil
resistance
• Rugged and compact housing. Perfect fit installation
• IP67G (JIS C 0920 Annex 1) rated
• Prevents accidental changes of settings by configuration tool
(monitoring only)
System Configuration
Mounting bracket
Accessory *1
F39-LP
Lamp
F39-LGRA
Free-Location Bracket
(Intermediate Bracket)
Emitter
Accessory
F39-BT
Bluetooth
Communication Unit
F39-BTLP
Lamp and Bluetooth
Communication Unit
F39-PTG
Laser Pointer *1
Receiver
Recommended safety controller *3
F39-JD@B
Double-Ended Cable *1
Emitter
NX/NE1A-series
Safety Network Controller
Up to
three sets
F39-JGR2WTS
Cascading Cable *1
Receiver
G9SP-series
Safety Controller
Accessory *2
PC
IF-U
F39-LGRTB
F39-LGRTB-2
F39-LGRTB-3
Top/Bottom Bracket
F39-GIF-1
Configuration Tool
Interface Unit *1
SD Manager 2
F39-JD@B
Double-Ended Cable *1
F39-JD@RA-L
F39-JD@RA-D
Single-Ended Cable (Oil-Resistant Cable)
F39-JD@A
Single-Ended Cable *1
or
Accessory
F39-CN5
F39-JD@BA
Reduced wiring connector system *1
120
G9SE/G9SA-series
Safety Relay Unit
G9SX-series
Flexible Safety Unit
G7SA/G7S-E
Relays with Forcibly
Guided Contacts
*1. When the accessory is used, protect it from
cutting oil.
*2. The F3SG-RA-02TS provides only the monitoring
functionality.
*3. The recommended safety controller is required to
build a safety circuit using emergency stop
switches and door switches.
F3SG-RA-02TS
Ordering Information
Main Units
Safety Light Curtain
Hand and arm protection
Number of beams
Protective height
(mm)
Model
12
240
F3SG-4RA0240-25-02TS
16
320
F3SG-4RA0320-25-02TS
20
400
F3SG-4RA0400-25-02TS
24
480
F3SG-4RA0480-25-02TS
28
560
F3SG-4RA0560-25-02TS
32
640
F3SG-4RA0640-25-02TS
36
720
F3SG-4RA0720-25-02TS
40
800
F3SG-4RA0800-25-02TS
44
880
F3SG-4RA0880-25-02TS
48
960
F3SG-4RA0960-25-02TS
52
1,040
F3SG-4RA1040-25-02TS
56
1,120
F3SG-4RA1120-25-02TS
60
1,200
F3SG-4RA1200-25-02TS
64
1,280
F3SG-4RA1280-25-02TS
68
1,360
F3SG-4RA1360-25-02TS
72
1,440
F3SG-4RA1440-25-02TS
76
1,520
F3SG-4RA1520-25-02TS
80
1,600
F3SG-4RA1600-25-02TS
84
1,680
F3SG-4RA1680-25-02TS
88
1,760
F3SG-4RA1760-25-02TS
92
1,840
F3SG-4RA1840-25-02TS
96
1,920
F3SG-4RA1920-25-02TS
F3SG-RA-02TS
121
F3SG-RA-02TS
Accessories (Sold separately)
Safety light curtain connecting cable
Single-Ended Cable (Oil-Resistant Cable)
Appearance
Type
Cable length
Specifications
Model
For emitter, M12 connector (8-pin), Color: Gray
Connected to Power Cable or Double-Ended Cable
3m
2
1
For emitter
M12 connector
(8-pin), 5 wires
Color: Gray
7
3
8
6
4
5
Female
7m
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
−
Brown
Black
−
Gray
Pink
Blue
−
Not used
+24 VDC
TEST
Not used
Not used
Not used
0 VDC
Not used
F39-JD3RA-L
F39-JD7RA-L
For receiver, M12 connector (8-pin), Color: Black
Connected to Power Cable or Double-Ended Cable
2
1
7
3m
For receiver
M12 connector
(8-pin), 8 wires
Color: Black
3
8
6
4
5
Female
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
White
Brown
Black
Yellow
Gray
Pink
Blue
Red
OSSD 2
+24 VDC
OSSD 1
AUX
PC COM (+)
PC COM (-)
0 VDC
EDM
F39-JD3RA-D
IP67 and IP67G (JIS C 0920 Annex 1)* rated when mated.
* F3SG-RA-02TS meets the degree of protection when this
cable is correctly connected with the power cable of the
F3SG-RA-02TS. The degree of protection is not satisfied
with the part where cable wires are uncovered.
Note: To extend the cable length to more than 7 m, add the F39-JD@B Double-Ended Cable.
When the Double-Ended Cable is used, protect it from cutting oil.
7m
F39-JD7RA-D
Single-Ended Cable (2 cables per set, one for emitter and one for receiver) *
Appearance
Cable length
Specifications
Model
For emitter M12 connector (8-pin), Color: Gray
3m
Connected to Power Cable or Double-Ended Cable
2
1
7
3
8
6
4
5
7m
Female
1 White
2 Brown
3 Black
4 Yellow
5 Gray
6 Pink
7 Blue
8 Red
Shield
Not used
+24 VDC
TEST
Not used
Not used
Not used
0 VDC
Not used
For receiver M12 connector (8-pin), Color: Black
10m
Connected to Power Cable or Double-Ended Cable
2
1
7
15m
3
8
6
5
4
Female
20m
1 White
2 Brown
3 Black
4 Yellow
5 Gray
6 Pink
7 Blue
8 Red
Shield
OSSD 2
+24 VDC
OSSD 1
AUX
PC COM (+)
PC COM (-)
0 VDC
EDM
IP67* rated when mated.
F39-JD3A
F39-JD7A
F39-JD10A
F39-JD15A
F39-JD20A
* When the accessory is used, protect it from cutting oil.
* The cable for emitter and the cable for receiver are available separately. Add '-L' for emitter or '-D' for receiver to the end of the model number
when you order.
Single-Ended Cable for Emitter: F39-JD@A-L, Single-Ended Cable for Receiver: F39-JD@A-D
Note: 1. Use the F39-JD@RA-L/-D for applications where cutting oil resistance is required.
2. To extend the cable length to more than 20 m, add the F39-JD@B Double-Ended Cable.
122
F3SG-RA-02TS
Double-Ended Cable (2 cables per set, one for emitter and one for receiver) *
Appearance
Cable length
0.5m
Specifications
Model
For emitter M12 connector (8-pin), Color: Gray
Connected to Power Cable
or Double-Ended Cable
1m
2
1
7
3
8
6
4
5
3m
Female
5m
2
7
5
6
1
8
3
4
F39-JDR5B
Connected to Single-Ended Cable, or
Double-Ended Cable
Brown
Blue
Gray
Pink
White
Red
Black
Yellow
2
7
5
6
1
8
3
4
Brown
Blue
Gray
Pink
White
Red
Black
Yellow
F39-JD1B
1
2
3
7
8
4
6
F39-JD3B
5
Male
F39-JD5B
Shield
Shield
For receiver, M12 connector(8-pin) Color: Black
Connected to Power Cable
or Double-Ended Cable
7m
2
1
10m
7
6
5
4
Female
15m
20m
3
8
Connected to Single-Ended Cable, or
Double-Ended Cable
2 Brown
7 Blue
5 Gray
6 Pink
1 White
8 Red
3 Black
4 Yellow
Shield
2
7
5
6
1
8
3
4
Brown
Blue
Gray
Pink
White
Red
Black
Yellow
1
2
3
4
F39-JD7B
F39-JD10B
7
8
6
5
F39-JD15B
Male
Shield
IP67* rated when mated.
* When the accessory is used, protect it from cutting oil.
F39-JD20B
* The cable for emitter and the cable for receiver are available separately. Add '-L' for emitter or '-D' for receiver to the end of the model number
when you order.
Double-Ended Cable for Emitter: F39-JD@B-L, Double-Ended Cable for Receiver: F39-JD@B-D
Note: To extend the cable length to more than 20 m, add the F39-JD@B Double-Ended Cable to the F39-JD@A Single-Ended Cable.
To extend the cable length to more than 40 m, add several Double-Ended Cables to the Single-Ended Cable.
Example: To extend the cable length to 50 m, connect two F39-JD20B (20 m) cables and one F39-JD10A (10 m) cable.
Emitter
Receiver
Cable is gray
Cable is black
F39-JD@B-L (Gray)
F39-JD@A-L (Gray)
Double-Ended Cable
F39-JD@B
Single-Ended Cable
F39-JD@A
F39-JD@B-D (Black)
F39-JD@A-D (Black)
Reduced Wiring Connector System (Order the F39-CN5 and Cables for Reduce Wiring.)
Reduced Wiring Connector
Appearance
Specifications
IP67* rated when mated.
F3SG-RA-02TS
Emitter
F3SG-RA-02TS
Receiver
Model
F39-CN5
Reduced Wiring Connector
F39-JD@B-L
Double-Ended
Cable (Gray)
F39-JD@A-D
Single-Ended
Cable (Black)
Cable for Reduce Wiring* (2 cables per set, one for emitter and one for receiver)
Appearance
Cable length
Specifications
Remarks
Model
Emitter: 3 m
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD3B-L
F39-JD0303BA
Receiver: 3 m
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD3A-D
Emitter: 3 m
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD3B-L
F39-JD0307BA
Receiver: 7 m
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD7A-D
Emitter: 3 m
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD3B-L
F39-JD0310BA
Receiver: 10 m
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD10A-D
Emitter: 5 m
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD5B-L
IP67* rated
F39-JD0503BA
Receiver: 3 m
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD3A-D
when mated.
Emitter: 5 m
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD5B-L
F39-JD0507BA
* When the
Receiver: 7 m
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD7A-D
accessory is
Emitter: 5 m
Double-Ended
Cable:
F39-JD5B-L
used, protect it
F39-JD0510BA
Receiver: 10m
from cutting oil. Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD10A-D
Emitter: 10 m
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD10B-L
F39-JD1003BA
Receiver: 3 m
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD3A-D
Emitter: 10 m
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD10B-L
F39-JD1007BA
Receiver: 7 m
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD7A-D
Emitter: 10 m
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD10B-L
F39-JD1010BA
Receiver: 10 m
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD10A-D
Note: A combination of emitter and receiver cables of other lengths than the above is also available. For details, contact your Omron representative.
* Double-Ended Cable for emitter and Single-Ended Cable for receiver.
F3SG-RA-02TS
* When the accessory is
F39-CN5
used, protect it from
cutting oil.
Note: When using the Reduced Wiring Connector (F39-CN5), the following
functions are not available.
- External Device Monitoring
- Auxiliary Output
123
F3SG-RA-02TS
Cascading Cable (2 cables per set, one for emitter and one for receiver)
Appearance
Type
Cable length
Specifications
Secondary
sensor 1
(Emitter)
Model
Secondary
sensor 1
(Receiver)
Cascading Cable
F39-JGR2WTS
Cap (8-pin), M12
connector (8-pin)
0.2m
Primary
sensor
(Emitter)
Primary
sensor
(Receiver)
Cable
F39-JD@A-L
F39-JGR2WTS
Cable
F39-JD@A-D
IP67* rated when mated.
* When the accessory is used, protect it from cutting oil.
Note: The Double-Ended Cable (up to 10 m: F39-JD10B) can be added to extend the cable length between the series-connected sensors.
Cable length between sensors: 10 m max. (not including cascading cable (F39-JGR2WTS) and power cable)
Remove the cap
Cable is gray
Cable is gray
Emitter
Emitter
F39-JD@B-L (Gray)
Double-Ended Cable
F39-JD@B
Receiver
Cascading Cable
F39-JGR2WTS
F39-JD@B-D (Black)
Receiver
Cable is black
Cable is black
Remove the cap
Sensor Mounting Brackets
Appearance
Specifications
Application
Model
Beam alignment after mounting possible. The angle
adjustment range is ±15°.
Free-Location Bracket
Side mounting and backside mounting possible.
(Intermediate Bracket)
(Sold separately as a set of 2 brackets. Refer to note *1
for the number of sets required for each model.)
F39-LGRA
Use this bracket at the top and bottom positions of the
F3SG-RA-02TS. Beam alignment after mounting
Top/Bottom Bracket *2 possible. The angle adjustment range is ±22.5°.
Side mounting and backside mounting possible.
(Sold separately as a set of 4 brackets.)
F39-LGRTB
Top/Bottom Bracket *2 The part of this bracket to contact with a wall surface has
a different shape from the F39-LGRTB Top/Bottom
Bracket.
Use this bracket when replacing an existing safety light
curtain with the F3SG-RA-02TS.
(Sold separately as a set of 4 brackets.)
F39-LGRTB-2
Top/Bottom Bracket *2 Select a bracket that fit into the existing mounting hole.
F39-LGRTB-3
*1. Protective height of 0240 to 1200 mm: 2 sets, Protective height of 1280 to 1920 mm: 3 sets
*2. Use the Top/Bottom Bracket in combination with the Intermediate Bracket.
Protective height of 1040 or less: The Intermediate Bracket is not required. Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Brackets (F39-LGRTB(-2/-3)).
Protective height of 1120 to 1920: Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Brackets (F39-LGRTB(-2/-3)) and 1 set of Intermediate Brackets (F39LGRA).
124
F3SG-RA-02TS
Interface units and configuration tool SD Manager 2 *1 *2
Appearance
Type
SD Manager 2
Specifications
The Configuration Tool SD Manager 2 is
available to download from our website at
http://www.ia.omron.com/f3sg-r_tool
Model
−
F39-GIF-1 interface unit to connect the F3SG-RA-02TS
receiver to a USB port of the PC
Interface Unit
Bluetooth
Communication Unit
Accessories:
F39-CN1 Branch Connector (1),
Connector Cap (1),
2-m Dedicated Cable (1),
Instruction Manual
F39-BT bluetooth unit to enable bluetooth on the
F3SG-RA
F39-GIF-1
F39-BT
IP67 rated when mated.
*1. The F3SG-RA-02TS provides only the monitoring functionality.
*2. When the accessory is used, protect it from cutting oil.
Lamp *
Appearance
Type
Lamp
Lamp and Bluetooth
Communication Unit
Specifications
The lamp can be connected to a receiver and turned ON
based on the operation of F3SG-RA.
The lamp output pattern is set as follows:
Red (ON): Inverted signal of safety output information
Orange (Blink once): Inverted signal of stable-state
information
Green (ON): Safety output information
Model
F39-LP
F39-BTLP
IP67 rated when mated.
* When the accessory is used, protect it from cutting oil.
End Cap *1 *2
Appearance
Specifications
Housing color: Black
For both emitter and receiver
(Attached to the F3SG-RA-02TS. The End Cap can be purchased if lost.)
Model
F39-CNM
IP67 rated when mated.
Laser Pointer for F3SG-R *
Appearance
Specifications
Model
The laser pointer is attached on the optical surface of the F3SG-R to help coarse
adjustment of beams.
F39-PTG
F3SG-RA-02TS
*1. This accessory can also be used with the F3SG-RA-01TS.
*2. When the accessory is used, protect it from cutting oil.
* When the accessory is used, protect it from cutting oil.
Test Rod
Diameter
Model
25 mm dia.
F39-TRD25
125
F3SG-RA-02TS
Ratings and Specifications
Main unit
The @@@@ in the model names indicate the protective heights in millimeters.
Object Resolution
(Detection Capability)
Beam Gap
Number of Beams
Lens Size
Protective Height
Operating Range
ON to OFF
OFF to ON
Performance
Response Time
Electrical
Functional
Environmental
126
F3SG-4RA-25-02TS
Opaque objects
25-mm dia.
20 mm
12 to 96
6.0 × 5.0 (W × H) mm
240 to 1920 mm
0.3 to 17.0 m
Normal mode: 8 to 13 ms *1
Normal mode: 40 to 90ms (synchronized), 140 to 190ms (not synchronized) *1
*1. Response time when used in one segment system or in cascaded connection.
Refer to page 128 for the one segment system. Refer to Safety Light Curtain F3SG-4RA@@@@-25-02TS Series User's
Manual (ManNo.: Z391) for cascaded connection.
Effective Aperture Angle
±2.5° max., emitter and receiver at operating range of 3 m or greater
(EAA) (IEC 61496-2)
Light Source
Infrared LEDs, Wavelength: 870 nm
Startup Waiting Time
2 s max.
Power Supply Voltage (Vs)
SELV/PELV 24 VDC±20% (ripple p-p 10% max.)
Current Consumption
Refer to page 128 .
Two PNP transistor outputs
Load current of 300 mA max., Residual voltage of 2 V max. (except for voltage drop due to cable
extension), Capacitive load of 1 μF max., Inductive load of 2.2 H max. *1
Leakage current of 1 mA max.
Safety Outputs (OSSD)
*1. The load inductance is the maximum value when the safety output frequently repeats ON and OFF.
When you use the safety output at 4 Hz or less, the usable load inductance becomes larger.
*2. These values must be taken into consideration when connecting elements including a capacitive
load such as a capacitor.
One PNP transistor output
Auxiliary Output
Load current of 100 mA max., Residual voltage of 2 V max .
Safety Output
Light-ON (Safety output is enabled when the receiver receives an emitting signal.)
Output Operation
Mode
Auxiliary Output
Reverse output of safety output
External device
monitoring
ON voltage: Vs-3 V to Vs (short circuit current: approx. 6.5 mA) *
input
OFF voltage: 0 V to 1/2 Vs, or open (short circuit current: approx. 8.0 mA) *
(Lockout
reset input)
24 V Active setting:
Input Voltage
ON voltage: 9 V to Vs (short circuit current: approx. 2.5 mA) *
OFF voltage: 0 V to 1.5 V or open (short circuit current: approx. 2.0 mA)
Test input
0 V Active setting:
ON voltage: 0 V to 3 V (short circuit current: approx. 2.0 mA)
OFF voltage: 9 V to Vs or open (short circuit current: approx. 2.5 mA) *
* The Vs indicates a supply voltage value in your environment.
Overvoltage Category (IEC 60664-1)
II
Indicators
Refer to page 130.
Protective Circuit
Output short protection, Power supply reverse polarity protection
Insulation Resistance
20 MΩ or higher (500 VDC megger)
Dielectric Strength
1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz (1 min)
Mutual Interference Prevention
This function prevents mutual interference in up to two F3SG-RA-25-02TS systems.
(Scan Code)
Number of cascaded segments: 3 max.
(only among F3SG-4RA@@@@-25-02TS's)
Cascade Connection
Total number of beams: 255 max.
Cable length between sensors: 10 m max.
(not including cascading cable (F39-JGR2WTS) and power cable)
Self-test (at power-on, and during operation)
Test Function
External test (light emission stop function by test input)
External device monitoring (EDM)
Safety-Related Functions
Scan code selection
Operating
-10 to 55°C (14 to 131°F) (non-icing)
Ambient
Temperature
Storage
-25 to 70°C (-13 to 158°F)
Operating
35% to 85% (non-condensing)
Ambient
Humidity
Storage
35% to 95%
Incandescent lamp: 3,000 Ix max. on receiver surface
Ambient Illuminance
Sunlight: 10,000 Ix max. on receiver surface
Degree of Protection
IEC 60529: IP65 and IP67, JIS C 0920 Annex 1: IP67G
(IEC 60529)
Vibration Resistance
10 to 55 Hz, Multiple amplitude of 0.7 mm, 20 sweeps for all 3 axes
(IEC 61496-1)
Shock Resistance
100 m/s2, 1000 shocks for all 3 axes
(IEC 61496-1)
Pollution Degree
Pollution Degree 3
(IEC 60664-1)
F3SG-RA-02TS
Type of Connection
Power cable
Cascading cable
Connections
Number of Wires
Cable Length
Cable Diameter
Minimum Bending
Radius
Type of Connection
Number of Wires
Cable Length
Cable Diameter
Minimum Bending
Radius
Type of Connection
F39-JD@RA-@
Oil-Resistant cable
- Single-Ended
Cable
Number of Wires
Cable Length
Cable Diameter
Minimum Bending
Radius
Type of Connection
Extension cable
Number of Wires
- Single-Ended
Cable Length
Cable (F39-JD@A)
Cable Diameter
- Double-Ended
Cable (F39-JD@B) Minimum Bending
Radius
Extension of Power Cable
Material
Material
Weight
Included Accessories
Conformity
Conforming standards
Performance Level (PL)/Safety category
PFHD
Proof test interval TM
SFF
HFT
Classification
F3SG-4RA-25-02TS
M12 connectors: 8-pin emitter and receiver. Cables prewired to the sensors.
IP67 and IP67G (JIS C 0920 Annex 1) * rated when mated.
* F3SG-RA-25-02TS meets the degree of protection when it is correctly connected with
an F39-JD@@RA-@ Oil-Resistant extension cable.
Emitter: 5, Receiver: 8
0.3 m
6 mm
R36 mm
M12 connectors: 8-pin emitter and receiver. IP67 rated when mated.
Emitter: 5, Receiver: 8
0.3 m
6 mm
R5 mm
M12 connectors: 8-pin emitter and receiver. Cables prewired to the sensors.
IP67 and IP67G (JIS C 0920 Annex 1)* rated when mated.
* F3SG-RA-25-02TS meets the degree of protection when it is correctly connected with the power cable.
The degree of protection is not satisfied with the part where cable wires are uncovered.
Emitter: 5, Receiver: 8
Refer to page 122.
6 mm
R36 mm
M12 connectors: 8-pin emitter and receiver. IP67 rated when mated.
Emitter: 8, Receiver: 8
Refer to page 122 and 123.
6.6 mm
R36 mm
100 m max. (Emitter/Receiver)
Housing: Aluminum alloy
Cap: PBT resin
Front window: Acrylic resin
Cable: Fluororesin
FE plate: Stainless steel
Refer to page 128 .
Safety Precautions, Quick Installation Manual, Troubleshooting Guide Sticker,
End Cap (for switching External Test Input function)
Refer to page 129.
PL e/Category 4 (EN ISO 13849-1:2015)
1.1 × 10-8 (IEC 61508)
Every 20 years (IEC 61508)
99% (IEC 61508)
1 (IEC 61508)
Type B (IEC 61508-2)
Bluetooth Communication Unit
* It depends on use environment conditions.
Bluetooth Version 3.0
SPP (Serial Port Profile)
Approx. 10 m max. (Output power: Class 2) *
F3SG-RA-02TS
Communication System
Communication Profile
Transmission Distance
127
F3SG-RA-02TS
List of Models/Response Time/Current Consumption/Weight
Number
of Beams
ON → OFF
*2
OFF
(Synchronized)
→ ON
OFF
(Not synchronized)
→ ON
Emitter
Receiver
Net *3
Gross
*4
F3SG-4RA0240-25-02TS
12
240
8
40
140
35
75
0.7
1.6
F3SG-4RA0320-25-02TS
16
320
8
40
140
40
75
0.9
1.9
F3SG-4RA0400-25-02TS
20
400
8
40
140
45
75
1.1
2.1
F3SG-4RA0480-25-02TS
24
480
8
40
140
50
75
1.3
2.4
F3SG-4RA0560-25-02TS
28
560
8
40
140
50
75
1.5
2.7
F3SG-4RA0640-25-02TS
32
640
8
40
140
55
75
1.7
3.0
F3SG-4RA0720-25-02TS
36
720
8
40
140
60
80
1.9
3.2
F3SG-4RA0800-25-02TS
40
800
8
40
140
65
80
2.1
3.5
F3SG-4RA0880-25-02TS
44
880
13
65
165
50
80
2.3
3.8
F3SG-4RA0960-25-02TS
48
960
13
65
165
50
80
2.5
4.0
F3SG-4RA1040-25-02TS
52
1040
13
65
165
55
80
2.7
4.3
F3SG-4RA1120-25-02TS
56
1120
13
65
165
55
85
2.9
4.6
F3SG-4RA1200-25-02TS
60
1200
13
65
165
55
85
3.1
4.9
F3SG-4RA1280-25-02TS
64
1280
13
65
165
60
85
3.3
5.1
F3SG-4RA1360-25-02TS
68
1360
13
65
165
60
85
3.5
5.4
F3SG-4RA1440-25-02TS
72
1440
13
65
165
65
85
3.7
5.7
F3SG-4RA1520-25-02TS
76
1520
13
65
165
65
90
3.9
5.9
F3SG-4RA1600-25-02TS
80
1600
13
65
165
70
90
4.1
6.2
F3SG-4RA1680-25-02TS
84
1680
13
65
165
70
90
4.3
6.5
F3SG-4RA1760-25-02TS
88
1760
13
65
165
70
90
4.5
6.7
F3SG-4RA1840-25-02TS
92
1840
13
65
165
75
90
4.7
7.0
F3SG-4RA1920-25-02TS
96
1920
13
65
165
75
95
4.9
7.3
Model
*1.
*2.
*3.
*4.
128
Current
Consumption [mA]
Protective
Height
[mm]
(Overall
length)
Response Time [ms] *1
Weight [kg]
The maximum speed of movement of a test rod up to which the detection capability is maintained is 2.0 m/s.
The response times are values when Scan Code is set at Code B. The response times for Code A are 1 ms shorter than these values.
The net weight is the weight of an emitter and a receiver.
The gross weight is the weight of an emitter, a receiver, included accessories and a package.
F3SG-RA-02TS
Legislation and Standards
1. The F3SG-RA-02TS does not receive type approval provided by Article 44-2 of the Industrial Safety and Health Act of Japan. When using the
F3SG-RA-02TS in Japan as a "safety system for pressing or shearing machines" prescribed in Article 42 of that law, the machine control system
must receive type approval.
2. The F3SG-RA-02TS is electro-sensitive protective equipment (ESPE) in accordance with European Union (EU) Machinery Directive Index
Annex V, Item 2.
3. EC/EU Declaration of Conformity
OMRON declares that the F3SG-RA-02TS is in conformity with the requirements of the following EC/EU Directives:
Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC
EMC Directive 2014/30/EU
4. Conforming Standards
(1) European standards
EN61496-1 (Type 4 ESPE), EN 61496-2 (Type 4 AOPD), EN61508-1 through -4 (SIL 3), EN ISO 13849-1:2015 (PL e, Category 4)
(2) International standards
IEC61496-1 (Type 4 ESPE), IEC61496-2 (Type 4 AOPD), IEC61508-1 through -4 (SIL 3), ISO 13849-1:2015 (PL e, Category 4)
(3) JIS standards
JIS B 9704-1 (Type 4 ESPE), JIS B 9704-2 (Type 4 AOPD)
(4) North American standards
UL61496-1 (Type 4 ESPE), UL61496-2 (Type 4 AOPD), UL508, UL1998,
CAN/CSA C22.2 No.14, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.0.8
5. Third-Party Certifications
(1) TÜV SÜD
• EC Type-Examination certificate:
EU Machinery Directive, Type 4 ESPE (EN61496-1), Type 4 AOPD (EN 61496-2)
• Certificate:
Type 4 ESPE (EN61496-1), Type 4 AOPD (EN61496-2), EN 61508-1 through -4 (SIL 3), EN ISO 13849-1:2015 (PL e, Category 4)
(2) UL
• UL Listing:
Type 4 and ESPE (UL61496-1), Type 4 AOPD (UL61496-2), UL508, UL1998, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.14, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.0.8
6. Other Standards
The F3SG-RA-02TS is designed according to the standards listed below. To make sure that the final system complies with the following
standards and regulations, you are asked to design and use it in accordance with all other related standards, laws, and regulations. If you have
any questions, consult with specialized organizations such as the body responsible for prescribing and/or enforcing machinery safety regulations
in the location where the equipment is to be used.
• European Standards: EN415-4, EN691-1, EN692, EN693, IEC 62046
• U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Standards: OSHA 29 CFR 1910.212
• U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Standards: OSHA 29 CFR 1910.217
• American National Standards: ANSI B11.1 to B11.19
• American National Standards: ANSI/RIA R15.06
• Canadian Standards Association CSA Z142, Z432, Z434
• SEMI Standards SEMI S2
• Japan Ministry of Health, Labour and Welfare "Guidelines for Comprehensive Safety Standards of Machinery", Standard Bureau's Notification
No. 0731001 dated July 31, 2007.rms and Conditions Agreement
F3SG-RA-02TS
129
F3SG-RA-02TS
Indicator
Emitter
Name of Indicator
Test
TEST
Color
Illuminated
Green
−
Blinking
External Test is being performed
Operating range
LONG
Green
Always illuminated
Lockout state due to Scan code setting error
Power
POWER
Green
Power is ON.
Error due to noise
Lockout
LOCKOUT
−
Red
Lockout state due to error in emitter
Receiver
Name of Indicator
Color
Top-beam-state
TOP
Blue
PNP/NPN mode
NPN
Green
Illuminated
−
Always illuminated
Configuration
CFG
Green
−
External device
monitoring
EDM
Green
EDM input is in ON state *
Internal error
INTERNAL
Red
Lockout
LOCKOUT
Red
Stable-state
STB
Green
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
Communication
COM
Green
Bottom-beam state
BTM
Blue
Blinking
Lockout state due to Cap error or
Other sensor error
The top beam is unblocked
Lockout state due to Parameter error or Cascading
Configuration error
Lockout state due to EDM error
Lockout state due to Internal error, or error due to
abnormal power supply or noise
−
−
Lockout state due to error in receiver
Incident light level is 170% or
higher of ON-threshold
Safety output is instantaneously
turned OFF due to ambient light or vibration
−
Green
Safety output is in ON state
Red
Safety output is in OFF state
Lockout state due to Safety Output error, or error
due to abnormal power supply or noise
Synchronization between emitter
and receiver is maintained
Lockout state due to Communication error, or error
due to abnormal power supply or noise
The bottom beam is unblocked
Lockout state due to Scan code setting error
Note: TOP, CFG, LOCKOUT, STB and ON/OFF indicators are illuminated when the receiver of the F3SG-RA-02TS is in Setting mode.
* The EDM indicator is illuminated when the EDM input is in the ON state regardless of the use of the EDM function.
Interface Unit
Main Unit
PC/AT compatible machine (computer that runs Microsoft Windows)
Operating System (OS)
Windows 7 (32-bit/64-bit), Windows 8, 8.1 (32-bit/64-bit), Windows 10 (32-bit/64-bit)
Communication Port
USB port ×1
Ambient Temperature
Operating: -10 to 55°C, Storage: -30 to 70°C (non-icing and non-condensing)
Ambient Humidity
Operating: 35% to 85%, Storage: 35% to 95% (non-condensing)
Lamp
Item
F39-LP
Applicable Sensor
F3SG-@RA Series Safety Light Curtain (Receiver)
LED Light Color
Red/Green/Orange
Power Supply Voltage
24 VDC±20%, ripple p-p 10% max. (shares sensor’s power supply)
Current Consumption
25 mA max. (shares sensor’s power supply.)
Ambient Temperature
Operating: -10 to 55°C, Storage: -25 to 70°C
Ambient Humidity
Operating: 35% to 85%, Storage: 35% to 95%
Vibration Resistance
10 to 55 Hz, Multiple amplitude of 0.7 mm, 20 sweeps for all 3 axes
Shock Resistance
100 m/s2 , 1000 shocks for all 3 axes
Degree of Protection
IP65 and IP67 (When attached to F3SG)
Type of Connection
Connectable to F3SG-RA’s terminal connector
Material
Lighting element: PC, Other body parts: PBT
Weight
45 g (when packaged)
130
F3SG-RA-02TS
Connections (Basic Wiring Diagram)
Standalone F3SG-RA-02TS
EDM used and External Test in 24V Active not used
The following is the example of External Device Monitoring used and External Test in 24 V Active not used.
Settings
Function
Receiver
EDM
Emitter
External Test: 24 V Active (End Cap: Black) (factory default setting)
Emitter
Receiver
Wiring Example
F39-JD@@A-L *4
F39-JD@@A-D *4
KM2
PC COM (-) (Pink)
PC COM (+) (Gray)
AUX (Yellow)
OSSD 2 (White)
OSSD 1 (Black)
EDM (Red) *2
+24 VDC (Brown)
0 VDC (Blue)
Not used (Yellow) *3
Not used (White) *3
Not used (Red) *3
Not used (Pink)
Not used (Gray)
TEST (Black) *1
+24 VDC (Brown)
0 VDC (Blue)
KM1
M
KM1 KM2
+24 VDC
Power Supply
0 VDC
KM1
KM2
Functional Earth
Beam state
Unblocked
Blocked
OSSD
KM1, KM2: Safety relay with forcibly guided contacts (G7SA)
M: Motor
*1.Connect the line to 24 V via a test switch (N.O. contact) if External Test is
used.
*2.Connect a lockout reset switch (N.C. contact) to this line in series with the
KM1 and KM2 if Lockout Reset is used.
*3.The F39-JD@RA-L Single-Ended Cable for Emitter (Oil-Resistant Cable)
does not have the red, white and yellow wires.
*4.For the F39-JD@A-@ Single-Ended Cable, connect the shield line to 0 V.
F3SG-RA-02TS
Note: Functional earth connection is unnecessary when you use the F3SG-RA-02TS in a general industrial environment where noise
control or stable power supply is considered. However, when you use the F3SG-RA-02TS in an environment where there may
be excessive noise from surroundings or stable power supply may be interfered, it is recommended the F3SG-RA-02TS be
connected to functional earth.
The wiring examples in later examples do not indicate functional earth. To use functional earth, wire an earth cable
according to the example above. Refer to Safety Light Curtain F3SG-RA-02TS Series User's Manual for more information.
131
F3SG-RA-02TS
Connectable Safety Control Units
The F3SG-RA-02TS can be connected to the safety control units listed in the table below.
Connectable Safety Control Units
Safety Relay Units
G9SA-301
G9SA-321-T@
G9SA-501
G9SB-200-B
G9SB-200-D
G9SB-301-B
G9SB-301-D
G9SE-201
G9SE-401
G9SE-221-T@
132
Flexible Safety Units
G9SX-AD322-T
G9SX-ADA222-T
G9SX-BC202
G9SX-GS226-T15
Safety Controllers
G9SP-N10S
G9SP-N10D
G9SP-N20S
NE0A-SCPU01
NE1A-SCPU01
NE1A-SCPU02
DST1-ID12SL-1
DST1-MD16SL-1
DST1-MRD08SL-1
NX-SIH400
NX-SID800
F3SP-T01
F3SG-RA-02TS
Input/Output Circuit
Entire Circuit Diagram
The entire circuit diagram of the F3SG-RA-02TS is shown below.
The numbers in the circles indicate the connector's pin numbers.
White
Not used
Indicator
+24 VDC
Brown
Test Input
Circuit
Emitter
Main Circuit
Black
TEST
Yellow Not used
Gray Not used
Pink Not used
Blue
Red Not used
Brown
EDM
circuit
Red
EDM
Pink PC COM (-) *
Gray PC COM (+) *
Receiver
Main Circuit 2
White
OSSD 2
Load
Black
OSSD 1
Receiver
Main Circuit 1
Load
AUX
Load
Blue
* This line is used for communication with a PC using the F39-GIF-1 Interface Unit.
0 VDC
F3SG-RA-02TS
Yellow
Indicator
133
F3SG-RA-02TS
Input Circuit Diagram by Function
The input circuit diagrams of by function are shown below.
Test Input
+24 VDC
+24 VDC
5V
Emitter
Main
Circuit
5V
Short circuit current:
Approx. 2.5 mA
0 VDC
EDM
+24 VDC
Receiver
Main
Circuit
Short circuit current:
Approx. 6.5 mA
0 VDC
134
Emitter
Main
Circuit
Short circuit current:
Approx. 2.0 mA
0 VDC
F3SG-RA-02TS
Dimensions
(Unit: mm)
Mounted with Free-Location Brackets (F39-LGRA)
Backside Mounting
P
3.95
150 max.
56.5
2-M5 or M6
10
150 max.
73
56.5
2-M4
F
D
F
6.3
26.3
3.95
C
2-M4
Free-Location Bracket
(F39-LGRA)
C (Protective height)
56.5
2-M5 or M6
150 max.
31.4
150 max.
Free-Location Bracket
(F39-LGRA)
(10)
46.35
38
50
F3SG-4RA-@@@@-25-02TS Series
Dimension C
4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
Dimension D
C-20
Dimension P
20
Number of Free-Location
Brackets *1
Dimension F
0240 to 1200
2 *2
1000 mm max.
1280 to 1920
3
1000 mm max.
*1. The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
*2. Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible for the model of protective height of 0240. In this case, locate this
bracket at half the Dimension C (or at the center of the sensor length).
F3SG-RA-02TS
Protective height
(C)
135
F3SG-RA-02TS
Side Mounting
31.4
38
150 max.
Free-Location Bracket
(F39-LGRA)
16.3
F
D
F
6.3
23.5
C
2-M4
Free-Location Bracket
(F39-LGRA)
C (Protective height)
56.5
2-M5 or M6
150 max.
(10)
50
2-M5 or M6
150 max.
56.5
P
10
150 max.
73
56.5
2-M4
46.35
F3SG-4RA-@@@@-25-02TS Series
Dimension C
4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
Dimension D
C-20
Dimension P
20
Protective height
(C)
Number of Free-Location
Brackets *1
Dimension F
0240 to 1200
2 *2
1000 mm max.
1280 to 1920
3
1000 mm max.
*1. The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
*2. Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible for the model of protective height of 0240. In this case, locate this
bracket at half the Dimension C (or at the center of the sensor length).
136
F3SG-RA-02TS
Mounted with Top/Bottom Brackets (F39-LGRTB) and Intermediate Bracket (F39-LGRA)
Backside Mounting
31.4
19
7.5
3
19
9 dia.
2-M8
4-M5
N1
Top/Bottom Bracket
(F39-LGRTB)
5.5
(10)
38
Backside:2-M4
H
C
56.5
C
G
2-M5 or M6
56.5
D
2-M4
C (Protective height)
G
I
H
2-M5 or M6
73
56.5
26.3
3.95
F
F
Intermediate Bracket
(F39-LGRA)
F
12
3.95
6.3
3.95
10
N2
P
Top/Bottom Bracket
(F39-LGRTB)
46.35
19
50
2-M4
F3SG-4RA-@@@@-25-02TS Series
4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
Dimension D
C-20
Dimension G
C+27.2+N1+N2
Dimension H
C+38+N1+N2
Dimension I
C+58+N1+N2
Dimension N1
0 to 30
Dimension N2
0 to 13
Dimension P
Protective
height (C)
F3SG-RA-02TS
Dimension C
20
Number of Top/
Bottom Brackets *
Number of
Intermediate
Brackets *
Dimension F
0240 to 1040
2
0
−
1120 to 1920
2
1
1000 mm max.
* The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
137
F3SG-RA-02TS
Side Mounting
50
38
19.35
31.4
9 dia.
19
3
19
2-M8
(10)
4-M5
N1
5.5
Top/Bottom Bracket
(F39-LGRTB)
Backside:2-M4
4.15
6.3
4.15
Intermediate Bracket
(F39-LGRA)
10
N2
P
Top/Bottom Bracket
(F39-LGRTB)
19
46.35
2-M4
F3SG-4RA-@@@@-25-02TS Series
Dimension C
4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
Dimension D
C-20
Dimension G
C+27.2+N1+N2
Dimension H
C+38+N1+N2
Dimension I
C+58+N1+N2
Dimension N1
0 to 30
Dimension N2
0 to 13
Dimension P
20
Protective
height (C)
Number of Top/
Bottom Brackets *
Number of
Intermediate
Brackets *
0240 to 1040
2
0
−
1120 to 1920
2
1
1000 mm max.
Dimension F
* The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
138
H
C
C
G
2-M5 or M6
56.5
D
2-M4
C (Protective height)
I
H
G
56.5
2-M5 or M6
56.5
16.3
4.15
73
F
F
F
31.4
F3SG-RA-02TS
Mounted with Top/Bottom Brackets (F39-LGRTB-2) and Intermediate Bracket (F39-LGRA)
3
32
20
5.5
9 dia.
2-M8
20
23.5
24.5
Backside Mounting
4-M5
2-M6
6.5
(10)
38
N1
Top/Bottom Bracket
(F39-LGRTB-2)
Backside:2-M4
12
6.3
2-M4
3.95
I
G
C
C
H
2-M5 or M6
56.5
C(Protective height)
D
G
I
H
J
73
56.5
2-M5 or M6
56.5
26.3
3.95
F
F
F
31.4
Intermediate Bracket
(F39-LGRA)
3.95
P
46.35
10
N2
Top/Bottom Bracket
(F39-LGRTB-2)
20
50
2-M4
F3SG-4RA-@@@@-25-02TS Series
4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
Dimension D
C-20
Dimension G
C+51+N1+N2
Dimension H
C+54+N1+N2
Dimension I
C+88+N1+N2
Dimension J
C+106+N1+N2
Dimension N1
0 to 30
Dimension N2
0 to 13
Dimension P
Protective
height (C)
F3SG-RA-02TS
Dimension C
20
Number of Top/
Bottom Brackets *
Number of
Intermediate
Brackets *
Dimension F
0240 to 1040
2
0
−
1120 to 1920
2
1
1000 mm max.
* The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
139
F3SG-RA-02TS
Side Mounting
50
38
19.35
32
3
20
9 dia.
2-M8
20
4-M5
2-M6
5.5
Backside:2-M4
31.4
F
F
F
Top/Bottom Bracket
F39-LGRTB-2
N1
24.5
23.5
(10)
6.5
I
G
4.15
6.3
4.15
C
H
C
56.5
D
C(Protective height)
I
J
H
G
2-M4
56.5
2-M5 or M6
2-M5 or M6
56.5
73
16.3
4.15
Intermediate Bracket
(F39-LGRA)
10
N2
P
Top/Bottom Bracket
(F39-LGRTB-2)
20
46.35
2-M4
F3SG-4RA-@@@@-25-02TS Series
Dimension C
4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
Dimension D
C-20
Dimension G
C+51+N1+N2
Dimension H
C+54+N1+N2
Dimension I
C+88+N1+N2
Dimension J
C+106+N1+N2
Dimension N1
0 to 30
Dimension N2
0 to 13
Dimension P
20
Protective
height (C)
Number of Top/
Bottom Brackets *
Number of
Intermediate
Brackets *
0240 to 1040
2
0
−
1120 to 1920
2
1
1000 mm max.
Dimension F
* The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
140
F3SG-RA-02TS
Mounted with Top/Bottom Brackets (F39-LGRTB-3) and Intermediate Bracket (F39-LGRA)
Backside Mounting
4
8.2
6.5
35
26.5
23.2
2-M8
2-M5 or M6
(10)
38
N1
Top/Bottom Bracket
(F39-LGRTB-3)
Backside:2-M4
H
C
3.95
6.3
3.95
56.5
C
G
2-M5 or M6
56.5
D
2-M4
C (Protective height)
G
I
H
2-M5 or M6
73
56.5
26.3
3.95
F
F
F
31.4
Intermediate Bracket
(F39-LGRA)
46.35
10
N2
P
Top/Bottom Bracket
(F39-LGRTB-3)
19
50
2-M4
F3SG-4RA-@@@@-25-02TS Series
4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
Dimension D
C-20
Dimension G
C+39.5+N1+N2
Dimension H
C+65+N1+N2
Dimension I
C+84+N1+N2
Dimension N1
0 to 30
Dimension N2
0 to 13
Dimension P
Protective
height (C)
20
Number of Top/
Bottom Brackets *
Number of
Intermediate
Brackets *
F3SG-RA-02TS
Dimension C
Dimension F
0240 to 1040
2
0
−
1120 to 1920
2
1
1000 mm max.
* The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
141
F3SG-RA-02TS
Side Mounting
50
38
19.35
35
8.2
6.5
26.5
4
23.2
2-M8
(10)
2-M5 or M6
N1
Top/Bottom Bracket
(F39-LGRTB-3)
Backside:2-M4
F
H
4.15
6.3
4.15
C
G
2-M5 or M6
C
56.5
D
I
H
G
2-M4
C (Protective height)
2-M5 or M6
56.5
73
16.3
4.15
56.5
F
F
31.4
Intermediate Bracket
(F39-LGRA)
10
N2
P
Top/Bottom Bracket
(F39-LGRTB-3)
46.95
2-M4
F3SG-4RA-@@@@-25-02TS Series
Dimension C
4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
Dimension D
C-20
Dimension G
C+39.5+N1+N2
Dimension H
C+65+N1+N2
Dimension I
C+84+N1+N2
Dimension N1
0 to 30
Dimension N2
0 to 13
Dimension P
20
Protective
height (C)
Number of Top/
Bottom Brackets *
Number of
Intermediate
Brackets *
0240 to 1040
2
0
−
1120 to 1920
2
1
1000 mm max.
Dimension F
* The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
142
F3SG-RA-02TS
Accessories
Sensor Mounting Brackets
Top/Bottom Bracket
(F39-LGRTB, sold separately)
15.3
12
9
4.8
24
10.8
15
30
26.7
Top/Bottom
Bracket (2)
109
2-M4
6.3
13
56.5
73
29
5.5
26.3
43.7
2-M4
18
Top/Bottom
Bracket (1)
9
Free-Location Bracket / Intermediate Bracket
(F39-LGRA, sold separately)
6.3
13
3
46.65
7.5
9 dia.
19
31.4
10
15.4
26.5
38.5
12
Top/Bottom
Bracket (3)
Material: Zinc alloy
56.5
2-M4
Material: Stainless steel
15
Top/Bottom
Bracket (1)
Top/Bottom
Bracket (2)
18
15
18
24
10.8
Top/Bottom
Bracket (2)
2-M4
Top/Bottom
Bracket (5)
6.5
8.2
26
27.5
Top/Bottom
Bracket (4)
4
46.65
5.5
6.5
9
3
9 dia.
23.2
26.5
48.25
9.5
22.25
42
53
24.5
23.5
133
122
2-M4
9
Top/Bottom
Bracket (1)
30
10.8
15.3
12
9
4.8
24
30
15.3
12
9
4.8
Top/Bottom Bracket
(F39-LGRTB-3, sold separately)
9
Top/Bottom Bracket
(F39-LGRTB-2, sold separately)
2-M4
2-M4
Material: Stainless steel
Material: Stainless steel
F3SG-RA-02TS
20
143
F3SG-RA-02TS
Safety light curtain connecting cable
Single-Ended Cable for Emitter (Oil-Resistant Cable) (F39-JD@RA-L, sold separately)
L
14.9 dia.
40.7
M12 oil-resistant
connector
Fluororesin-insulated round cable dia. 6, 5-wire
(Cross section of conductor: 0.35 mm2(AWG22) / insulator diameter: dia. 1.13 mm)
Single-Ended Cable for Receiver (Oil-Resistant Cable) (F39-JD@RA-D, sold separately)
L
14.9 dia.
40.7
M12 oil-resistant
connector
Fluororesin-insulated round cable dia. 6, 8-wire
(Cross section of conductor: 0.35 mm2(AWG22) / insulator diameter: dia. 1.13 mm)
Emitter cable (Gray)
Receiver cable (Black)
L (m)
F39-JD3RA-L
F39-JD3RA-D
3
F39-JD7RA-L
F39-JD7RA-D
7
Receiver cable (Black)
L (m)
Single-Ended Cable for Emitter (F39-JD@A-L, sold separately)
L
φ15
39.5
M12 IP67 connector
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, shielded
8-wire (4-pair) (Cross section of conductor: 0.3mm2(AWG22) /
insulator diameter: dia. 1.15mm)
Single-Ended Cable for Receiver (F39-JD@A-D, sold separately)
L
φ15
39.5
M12 IP67 connector
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, shielded
8-wire (4-pair) (Cross section of conductor: 0.3mm2(AWG22) /
insulator diameter: dia. 1.15mm)
Emitter cable (Gray)
F39-JD3A-L
F39-JD3A-D
F39-JD7A-L
F39-JD7A-D
7
F39-JD10A-L
F39-JD10A-D
10
F39-JD15A-L
F39-JD15A-D
15
F39-JD20A-L
F39-JD20A-D
20
Double-Ended Cable for Emitter: Cable for extension (F39-JD@B-L, sold separately)
39.5
L
43
15 dia.
15 dia.
M12
Body color: Black
M12 IP67 connector
144
Body color: Black
M12 IP67 connector
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, shielded
8-wire (4-pair) (Cross section of conductor: 0.3mm2(AWG22) /
Insulator diameter: 1.15mm)
3
F3SG-RA-02TS
Double-Ended Cable for Receiver: Cable for extension (F39-JD@B-D, sold separately)
39.5
L
43
15 dia.
15 dia.
M12
Body color: Black
Body color: Black
M12 IP67 connector
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, shielded
8-wire (4-pair) (Cross section of conductor: 0.3mm2(AWG22) /
Insulator diameter: 1.15mm)
M12 IP67 connector
Emitter cable (Gray)
Receiver cable (Black)
L (m)
F39-JDR5B-L
F39-JDR5B-D
F39-JD1B-L
F39-JD1B-D
1
F39-JD3B-L
F39-JD3B-D
3
F39-JD5B-L
F39-JD5B-D
5
F39-JD7B-L
F39-JD7B-D
7
F39-JD10B-L
F39-JD10B-D
10
F39-JD15B-L
F39-JD15B-D
15
F39-JD20B-L
F39-JD20B-D
20
0.5
Reduced Wiring Connector
(F39-CN5, sold separately)
(52)
13.6
24.7 13.6 8 dia. (SPOT FACING 2)
12
4.5 dia.
10
32.1
17.7
18
24.2
Cascading Cable for Emitter (F39-JGR2WTS-L, sold separately)
200
23.4
40.7
M12 IP67 connector
10
Connector
F3SG-RA-02TS
14.9 dia.
6 dia.
M2.5 screw
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6 mm, 5-wire
(Cross section of conductor: 0.15 mm2 (AWG26) /
Insulator diameter: dia. 1 mm)
24.2
Cascading Cable for Receiver (F39-JGR2WTS-D, sold separately)
200
23.4
40.7
M12 IP67 connector
Connector
14.9 dia.
10
6 dia.
M2.5 screw
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6 mm, 8-wire
(Cross section of conductor: 0.15 mm2 (AWG26) /
Insulator diameter: dia. 1 mm)
Set model name
Emitter cable (Gray)
Receiver cable (Black)
L (m)
F39-JGR2WTS
F39-JGR2WTS-L
F39-JGR2WTS-D
0.2
145
F3SG-RA-02TS
Interface Unit (F39-GIF-1, sold separately)
(625.7)
(46)
67.9
(11.8)
(12) (16)
35.8
Insulated vinyl round cable 4.6 dia.
Standard length: 0.5 m
13.6
(52)
24.7 13.6 8 dia. (SPOT FACING 2)
12
4.5 dia.
10
32.1
17.7
18
58
2,000
4.6 dia.
7.7
17.5 dia.
14.5
11
Bluetooth Communication Unit
(F39-BT, sold separately)
Lamp and Bluetooth Communication Unit
(F39-BTLP, sold separately)
Lamp (F39-LP, sold separately)
35
31.4
31.4
38
35
30
38
28
16.5
30
1.8
1.8
Material:
PC (Lighting element)
PBT (Other body parts)
Material: PBT
Related Manuals
ManNo.
Z391
146
Model
F3SG-4RA@@@@-25-02TS
Manual name
Safety Light Curtain F3SG-4RA@@@@-25-02TS Series User's Manual
Smart Muting Actuator
F3W-MA
Integrated muting sensor based
on multi-beam photoelectric
sensor
• A muting system can be configured easily in
combination with the safety light curtain.
• Muting functions can be stably performed even
when workpieces with holes pass.
System Configuration
F3SG-RA
Emitter
F3W-MA Emitter
(Primary)
F39-GCN4-L
M12 connectors
for emitter
F39-JG@B-L
Double-Ended Cable
or
F39-JG@A-L
Single-Ended Cable
F3SG-RA
Receiver
F3W-MA Emitter
(Secondary)
F3W-MA Receiver
(Primary)
F3W-MA Receiver
(Secondary)
F39-GCN4-D
M12 connectors
for receiver
F39-JG@B-D
Double-Ended Cable
or
F39-JG@A-D
Single-Ended Cable
F3W-MA
147
F3W-MA
Ordering Information
Smart Muting Actuator
Beam Gap between Muting Trigger
Beams
Appearance
output
Number of
Beams
Model
8
F3W-MA0100P
20
F3W-MA0300P
100 mm
PNP output
300 mm
Note: Use with the PNP output model safety light curtain.
Accessories (Sold separately)
Single-Ended Cable *
Appearance
Type
Cable
length
Specifications
Model
F39-JG3A-L
3m
Connected to Power Cable or Double-Ended Cable
M12 connector
(5-pin), 5 wires
Color: Gray
7m
1
1
2
3
4
5
2
10 m
5
4
3
15 m
+24 VDC
CFG In
0 VDC
COM+
COM-
F39-JG7A-L
Brown
Black
Blue
White
Yellow
F39-JG10A-L
F39-JG15A-L
Female
F39-JG20A-L
20 m
3m
For receiver
M12 connector
(8-pin), 8 wires
Color: Black
F39-JG3A-D
Connected to Power Cable or Double-Ended Cable
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
7m
2
1
7
10 m
3
8
6
5
15 m
4
Female
20 m
Mute Enable / CFG In / Reset
+24 VDC
COM+
COMMuting Output A
Muting Output B
0 VDC
CFG Out
Yellow
Brown
Gray
Pink
Black
White
Blue
Red
F39-JG7A-D
F39-JG10A-D
F39-JG15A-D
F39-JG20A-D
* A set of two Single-Ended Cables (one for emitter and one for receiver) is also available.
Model: Model number without the -L/-D at the end (F39-JG@A)
Double-Ended Cable *
Appearance
Type
Cable
length
Specifications
Model
F39-JGR5B-L
0.5 m
1m
M12 connector
(5-pin)
on both ends
Color: Gray
3m
5m
7m
10 m
Connected to Power Cable
or Double-Ended Cable
1
2
5
4
3
Female
1
3
2
4
5
Brown
Blue
Black
White
Yellow
Connected to Single-Ended Cable, or
Double-Ended Cable
1
3
2
4
5
Brown
Blue
Black
White
Yellow
2
1
5
3
4
F39-JG5B-L
F39-JG7B-L
F39-JG10B-L
Male
F39-JG15B-L
20 m
F39-JG20B-L
1m
F39-JGR5B-D
Connected to Power Cable
or Double-Ended Cable
3m
5m
7m
10 m
15 m
2
1
7
3
8
6
4
5
Female
2
7
5
6
1
8
3
4
Brown
Blue
Black
White
Yellow
Red
Gray
Pink
Connected to Single-Ended Cable, or
Double-Ended Cable
2
7
5
6
1
8
3
4
20 m
* A set of two Double-Ended Cables (one for emitter and one for receiver) is also available.
Model: Model number without the -L/-D at the end (F39-JG@B)
148
F39-JG3B-L
15 m
0.5 m
M12 connector
(8-pin)
on both ends
Color: Black
F39-JG1B-L
Brown
Blue
Black
White
Yellow
Red
Gray
Pink
F39-JG1B-D
F39-JG3B-D
1
2
3
8
4
7
6
5
Male
F39-JG5B-D
F39-JG7B-D
F39-JG10B-D
F39-JG15B-D
F39-JG20B-D
F3W-MA
4-Joint Plug/Socket Connector
Used for reduced wiring for connecting F3W-MA with F3SG-RA.
Appearance
Type
Specifications
Model
F3SG-RA
Emitter
For emitter
M12 connectors.
Used for reduced wiring.
F3W-MA Emitter
(Primary)
F3W-MA Emitter
(Secondary)
F39-GCN4-L
4-Joint Plug/
Socket Connector
F39-GCN4-L
Single-Ended Cable
F39-JG@A-L (Gray)
F3SG-RA
Receiver
For receiver (PNP output)
M12 connectors.
Used for reduced wiring.
F3W-MA Receiver
(Primary)
F3W-MA Receiver
(Secondary)
F39-GCN4-D
4-Joint Plug/
Socket Connector
F39-GCN4-D
Single-Ended Cable
F39-JG@A-D (Black)
Includes one each of
F39-GCN4-L and
F39-GCN4-D
Water-resistive Cover for
4-Joint Plug/Socket
Connector
−
One water-resistive cover for an F39-GCN4-L/-D
4-Joint Plug/Socket Connector. You can use this when
the MA2 connector part is not used.
XS5Z-11
Material: PBT. IP67 rated when attached. Smartclick
mechanism.
One dust cover for an F39-GCN4-L/-D 4-Joint Plug/
Socket Connector. You can use this when the MA2
connector part is not used.
Dust Cover for 4-Joint
Plug/Socket Connector
F39-GCN4
XS2Z-14
Material: Rubber/black. This cover does not ensure
IP67 degree of protection.
XS2Z-14: Attach to a pin block inside the M12 female
screw.
XS2Z-15: Attach to a M12 female screw. When
attaching the cover to the connector, press the cover
onto the connector until the connector is fully inserted
into the cover.
XS2Z-15
F3W-MA
149
F3W-MA
Sensor Mounting Brackets
Appearance
Specification
Application
Remarks
Model
Standard
Fixed Bracket
Bracket to mount the F3W-MA.
Side mounting and backside mounting
possible.
Two brackets per set
F39-LGF
Standard
Adjustable
Bracket
Bracket to mount the F3W-MA.
Beam alignment after mounting
possible.The angle adjustment range is
±15°.
Side mounting and backside mounting
possible.
Two brackets per set
F39-LGA
F3W-MA
Bracket
Bracket to fix the F3W-MA to the F3SGRA.
F39-LGMAL: L-shaped configuration
F39-LGMAT: T-shaped configuration
Beam alignment after mounting possible.
Two brackets per set
When using the F3W-MA Bracket, it is necessary to add an extra Standard Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGA) to the F3SG-RA. *
Please also purchase Standard Adjustable
Bracket (F39-LGA).
F39-LGMAL
F39-LGMAT
Note: When mounting an F3W-MA0300P in the L-shaped configuration, the shock resistance becomes as follows.
Shock resistance: 50 m/s2, 1000 shocks for all 3 axes
For mounting an F3W-MA0300P under a shock environment exceeding this, the F3W-MA Bracket cannot be used. Use a Standard
Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGA).
* When using F39-LGMA@, there are some restrictions on the brackets to mount the F3SG-RA. This bracket is not usable together with F39-LGF.
When using together with the F39-LGA, the protective height of the F3SG-RA must be 270 mm or longer. When using together with F39-LGTB,
the protective height of the F3SG-RA must be 400 mm or longer. An extra F39-LGA is required for reinforcement, depending on the mounting
position of the F39-LGMA@. Refer to "Dimensions" on page 159 for details.
150
F3W-MA
Ratings/Specifications
F3W-MA0100P
Performance
Beam Gap between Muting Trigger
Beams
Number of Beams
Standard Detection Object
Long
Operating
Range
Short
Operation
Response Time
Reset
Effective Aperture Angle
Light Source
Startup Waiting Time
Power Supply Voltage (Vs)
Emitter
Current
Consumption
Receiver
F3W-MA0300P
100 mm
300 mm
8
20
30 mm
0.3 to 20.0 m (1 to 65 ft.)
0.3 to 7.0 m (1 to 23 ft.)
13 ms max.
26 ms max. (Synchronized)
78 ms max. (Not synchronized)
±2.5° max., emitter and receiver at operating range of 3 m or greater
Infrared LEDs, Wavelength: 870 nm
2 s max.
SELV/PELV 24 VDC±20% (ripple p-p 10% max.)
35 mA
45 mA
75 mA
75 mA
Two PNP transistor outputs. *
Load current of 300 mA max.,
Residual voltage of 2 V max. (except for voltage drop due to cable extension)j
Muting Outputs
* This product is a PNP output model. Use with the PNP output model safety light curtain.
Electrical
Output Operation Mode
Input Voltage
Muting Output A
Dark-ON
(Muting Output A is enabled when MuteA trigger beam is blocked.)
Muting Output B
Dark-ON
(Muting Output B is enabled when MuteB trigger beam is blocked.)
ON Voltage
[MuteEnable]
Vs to Vs-3 V (sink current 5 mA max.) *
OFF Voltage
[Mute Enable]
0 to 1/2 Vs, or open *
* The Vs indicates a supply voltage value in your environment.
Indicators
Protective Circuit
Insulation Resistance
Dielectric Strength
Functional
Ambient
Humidity
Environmental
Connections
Material
20 MΩ or higher (500 VDC megger)
1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz (1 min)
- Scan Code Selection
- Operation Mode Selection (Point to Point Detection/ Chattering and Void Space
Prevention)
- Off-Delay
- Muting Enable
- Muting Trigger Beam Allocation
- Operating Range Selection
Functions
Ambient
Temperature
Refer to page 152. LED Indicator Status
Protective Circuit Output short protection, Power supply reverse polarity protection
Operating
Storage
Operating
Storage
-10 to 55°C (13 to 131°F) (non-icing)
-25 to 70°C (-13 to 158°F)
35% to 85% (non-condensing)
35% to 95%
Ambient Illuminance
Incandescent lamp: 3,000 Ix max. on receiver surface
Sunlight: 10,000 Ix max. on receiver surface
Degree of Protection (IEC 60529)
Vibration Resistance (IEC 61496-1)
Shock Resistance (IEC 61496-1)
Pollution Degree (IEC 60664-1)
Type of Connection
Number of Wires
Cable Length
Power Cable
Cable Diameter
Minimum Bending
Radius
IP65 and IP67
Extension of Power Cable
100 m max.
Note: For T-Shaped configuration with COM lines, the length of cable extension is 30m max.
10 to 55 Hz, Multiple amplitude of 0.7 mm, 20 sweeps for all 3 axes
100 m/s2, 1000 shocks for all 3 axes
Pollution Degree 3
M12 connectors: 5-pin emitter, 8-pin receiver, IP67 rated when mated, Cables prewired to sensors
Emitter: 5, Receiver: 8
0.3 mm
6 mm
R5 mm
Housing: Aluminum alloy, Cap: PBT resin, Front window: Acrylic resin, Cable: Oil-resistant PVC resin,
FE plate: Stainless steel
0.9 kg
2.2 kg
F3W-MA
0.7 kg
Net Weight *1
1.3 kg
Gross Weight *2
Instruction Sheet
Included Accessories
*1. The net weight is the weight of an emitter and a receiver.
*2. The gross weight is the weight of an emitter, a receiver, included accessories and a package.
151
F3W-MA
LED Indicator Status
Shown below are indication statuses of F3W-MA LED indicators when you purchased.
Emitter
Name of Indicator
Color
Illuminated
Blinking
Operating range
LONG
Green
Long Range mode is selected by DIP Switch.
-
Running
RUN
Green
Power is ON.
-
Error
ERR
Red
-
Color
Illuminated
Error in emitter. Generic error happens.
Receiver
Name of Indicator
Blinking
Top-beam-state
TOP
Blue
The top beam is unblocked.
-
Muting output A
MUTE A
Green
Muting Output A is activated.
-
Muting output B
MUTE B
Green
Muting Output B is activated.
-
Off-Delay
DELAY
Yellow
Off-Delay function is enabled by DIP Switch.
-
Green
Chattering and Void Space Prevention mode is selected by DIP Switch.
-
Red
The Muting Enable function is enabled and Muting
Enable input is turned OFF by DIP Switch.
-
Chattering/ Void
space
CHAT
Muting Enable
MUTE
DISABLE
Error
ERR
Red
-
Stable-state
STB
Green
Incident light level is 170% or higher of ON-threshold
Running
RUN
Green
Power is ON.
Communication
COM
Green
Bottom-beamstate
BTM
Blue
152
Synchronization between emitter and receiver is
maintained.
The bottom beam is unblocked.
Error in receiver. Generic error happens.
[Primary sensor]
- Start-up (for approx. 3 s)
- Synchronization between emitter
and receiver is lost
-
F3W-MA
Wiring Examples
Standard Muting Mode with F3SG-R (T-Shaped Configuration with COM lines)
The following is the example of F3W-MA with Scan Code B, Chattering and Void Space Prevention 1, Off-Delay 100 ms and Muting Enable
disabled.
DIP Switch settings *1
Function
DIP-SW1
Scan Code B (factory default setting)
1
ON
1
ON
Chattering and Void Space Prevention 1
2
3
ON
ON
2
3
ON
ON
Off-Delay 100 ms
4
5
ON
ON
4
5
ON
ON
Muting Enable Disabled (factory default setting)
6
ON
6
ON
Scan Code B (factory default setting)
1
ON
Receiver
F3W-MA Primary
Emitter
Receiver
Emitter
F3W-MA Secondary
DIP-SW2 *2
−
−
No setting required
No setting required
: Indicates a switch position.
*1.Configure functions with the DIP Switches before wiring. Refer to Smart Muting Actuator F3W-MA Series User's Manual for more information.
*2.DIP Switch Bank 2 is not used.
F3SG-RA Emitter *1
Wiring example
F39-JG@A-L
+24 VDC
0 VDC
*1. Signal wiring of the F3W-MA is not required.
*2. Do not connect CFG In line to +24 VDC line. Otherwise, F3W-MA enters the error state.
F3SG-RA Receiver
0 VDC
Note: The wiring examples in later pages do not indicate functional earth. To use functional earth, wire an earth cable according to the example
above. Refer to Smart Muting Actuator F3W-MA Series User's Manual for more information.
F3W-MA
+24 VDC
Power Supply
0 VDC: Blue
24 VDC: Brown
CFG Out: Red
COM-: Pink
CFG In: Yellow
F39-JG@A-D
Functional Earth
Muting output A: Black
MUTE A
F3W-MA Receiver
(Secondary)
Muting output B: White
Muting output B: White
Muting output A: Black
COM-: Pink
Functional Earth
COM+: Gray
CFG Out: Red
Mute Enable: Yellow
24 VDC: Brown
0 VDC: Blue
F39-JG@A-D
MUTE B
F3W-MA Receiver
(Primary)
COM+: Gray
[Receiver]
Power Supply
CFG In: Black
COM-: Yellow
COM+: White
Functional Earth
COM-: Yellow
COM+: White
Functional Earth
CFG In *2: Black
24 VDC: Brown
0 VDC: Blue
F39-JG@A-L
F3W-MA Emitter
(Secondary)
0 VDC: Blue
F3W-MA Emitter
(Primary)
24 VDC: Brown
[Emitter]
153
F3W-MA
Input/Output Circuit
The entire circuit diagram of the F3W-MA is shown below.
The numbers in the circles indicate the connector's pin numbers.
Indicator
1
+24 VDC
Brown
Emitter
Main Circuit
3
2
Muting Enable
input circuit
Receiver
Main Circuit 2
1
6
Blue
Brown
Yellow Muting Enable
White
Muting Output B
Load
5
Black
Muting Output A
Receiver
Main Circuit 1
Load
Indicator
7
154
Blue
0 VDC
F3W-MA
Dimensions
(Unit: mm)
Mounted with Standard Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGA)
50.35
Backside Mounting
48.6
35
35
A
C1
2-M5 or M6
24.85
18
P
24.85
150 max
9.2
43
150 max
6.4
72
84
Standard
Adjustable Bracket
(F39-LGA)
72
A
D
72
Standard
Adjustable Bracket
(F39-LGA)
150 max
150 max
2-M5 or M6
< Screw: M5 or M6 >
Model
F3W-MA0100P
F3W-MA0300P
Dimension A
208
448
Dimension C1
190
430
Dimension D
140
380
Dimension P
20
20
Number of Standard
Adjustable Brackets *1
2 *2
2
*1. The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
*2. Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible. In this case, locate
this bracket at half the Dimension A (or at the center of the sensor length).
F3W-MA
155
F3W-MA
50.35
Side Mounting
48.6
2-M5 or M6
150 max
150 max
2-M5 or M6
150 max
35
35
9.2
18
43
42.35
150 max
P
6.4
72
72
Standard
Adjustable Bracket
(F39-LGA)
84
A
A
C1
D
72
Standard
Adjustable Bracket
(F39-LGA)
< Screw: M5 or M6 >
Model
F3W-MA0100P
F3W-MA0300P
Dimension A
208
448
Dimension C1
190
430
Dimension D
140
380
Dimension P
20
20
Number of Standard
Adjustable Brackets *1
2 *2
2
*1. The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
*2. Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible. In this case, locate
this bracket at half the Dimension A (or at the center of the sensor length).
Standard Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGA, sold separately)
42
45.1
34.5
31.8
9.2
8
32.9
84
6.4
72
156
Material: Zinc alloy, Fluorine-containing
F3W-MA
Mounted with Standard Fixed Brackets (F39-LGF)
50.35
Backside Mounting
40
2-M5 or M6
6.4
51
66
Standard
Fixed Bracket
(F39-LGF)
51
A
A
C1
D
51
Standard
Fixed Bracket
(F39-LGF)
150 max
35
150 max
35
18
P
43
150 max
24.85
24.85
150 max
2-M5 or M6
9.2
< Screw: M5 or M6 >
Model
F3W-MA0100P
F3W-MA0300P
Dimension A
208
448
Dimension C1
190
430
Dimension D
140
380
Dimension P
20
20
Number of Standard
Fixed Brackets *1
2 *2
2
*1. The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
*2. Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible. In this case, locate
this bracket at half the Dimension A (or at the center of the sensor length).
F3W-MA
157
F3W-MA
50.35
Side Mounting
40
150 max
2-M5 or M6
150 max
35
35
6.4
51
51
Standard
Fixed Bracket
(F39-LGF)
66
A
A
C1
D
51
Standard
Fixed Bracket
(F39-LGF)
18
150 max
P
43
42.35
150 max
2-M5 or M6
9.2
< Screw: M5 or M6 >
Model
F3W-MA0100P
F3W-MA0300P
Dimension A
208
448
Dimension C1
190
430
Dimension D
140
380
Dimension P
20
20
Number of Standard
Fixed Brackets *1
2 *2
2
*1. The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
*2. Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible. In this case, locate
this bracket at half the Dimension A (or at the center of the sensor length).
Standard Fixed Bracket (F39-LGF, sold separately)
36
(25.8)
(23.1)
8
9.2
32.1
66
6.4
51
158
Material: Zinc alloy
F3W-MA
Mounted with F3W-MA Bracket (F39-LGMA@) and Standard Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGA) on F3SG-RA
L-shaped configuration
T-shaped configuration (dashed line)
48.6
(47.6)
(44.9)
35
(63.2)
(54.3)
48.6
M3
M2
Muting Trigger
Beam
35
94
100 max*
45.4
Muting Trigger
Beam
Smart Muting Actuator
(F3W-MA Series)
F3W-MA Bracket
(F39-LGMAT)
F3W-MA Bracket
(F39-LGMAL/T)
Smart Muting Actuator
(F3W-MA Series)
Standard Adjustable Bracket*
(F39-LGA)
Safety Light Curtain
(F3SG-RA Series)
Note: When mounting an F3W-MA0300P in the L-shaped configuration, the shock resistance becomes as follows.
Shock resistance: 50 m/s2, 1000 shocks for all 3 axes
For mounting an F3W-MA0300P under a shock environment exceeding this, the F3W-MA Bracket cannot be used. Use a Standard
Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGA).
* The distance between the centers of the F3W-MA and the Standard Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGA) must be 100 mm or less. When the distance
is longer than 100 mm, add an extra Standard Adjustable Bracket for reinforcement.
Model
F3W-MA0100P
F3W-MA0300P
Dimension M2
100
300
Dimension M3
104
124
Accessories
Single-Ended Cable for Emitter (F39-JGA-L, sold separately)
L
dia.14.9
40.7
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, 5-wire
(Cross section of conductor: 0.38 mm2/insulator diameter: dia. 1.2 mm)
M12 IP67 connector
Single-Ended Cable for Receiver (F39-JGA-D, sold separately)
L
dia.14.9
40.7
Emitter cable (Gray)
Receiver cable (Black)
L (m)
F39-JG3A-L
F39-JG3A-D
3
F39-JG7A-L
F39-JG7A-D
7
F39-JG10A-L
F39-JG10A-D
10
F39-JG15A-L
F39-JG15A-D
15
F39-JG20A-L
F39-JG20A-D
20
F3W-MA
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, 8-wire
(Cross section of conductor: 0.38 mm2/insulator diameter: dia. 1.2 mm)
M12 IP67 connector
159
F3W-MA
Double-Ended Cable for Emitter: Cable for extension (F39-JGB-L, sold separately)
L
44.7
dia.14.9
dia.14.9
40.7
M12 IP67 connector
M12 IP67 connector
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, 5-wire (2-pair + 1)
(Cross section of conductor: 0.38 mm2/insulator diameter: dia. 1.2 mm)
Double-Ended Cable for Receiver: Cable for extension (F39-JG@B-D, sold separately)
L
44.7
dia.14.9
dia.14.9
40.7
M12 IP67 connector
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, 8-wire (4-pair)
(Cross section of conductor: 0.38 mm2/insulator diameter: dia. 1.2 mm)
M12 IP67 connector
Emitter cable (Gray)
Receiver cable (Black)
L (m)
F39-JGR5B-L
F39-JGR15B-D
F39-JG1B-L
F39-JG1B-D
1
F39-JG3B-L
F39-JG3B-D
3
F39-JG5B-L
F39-JG5B-D
5
F39-JG7B-L
F39-JG7B-D
7
F39-JG10B-L
F39-JG10B-D
10
F39-JG15B-L
F39-JG15B-D
15
F39-JG20B-L
F39-JG20B-D
20
0.5
4-Joint Plug/Socket Connector for Emitter (F39-GCN4-L, sold separately)
58.3
17
13.6
CN
24.4
M12 IP67 connector, 5-wire
MA2
28
M12 IP67 connector, 5-wire
2
3
. 5.5
2-dia
SLC
28
M12 x 1
5
M12 x 1
28
5
4
M12 IP67 connector, 5-wire
78
3
2
1
4
1
ia.10
2-d
MA1
M12 IP67 connector, 5-wire
7
Material: PBT (Main body)
27
4-Joint Plug/Socket Connector for Receiver (F39-GCN4-D, sold separately)
58.3
17
13.6
CN
28
M12 IP67 connector, 8-wire
3
7
6
8
5
78
M12 x 1
. 5.5
2-dia
SLC
2
5
8
4
3
M12 x 1
28
M12 IP67 connector, 8-wire
4
1
6
7
28
2
1
24.4
M12 IP67 connector, 8-wire
MA2
ia.10
2-d
MA1
M12 IP67 connector, 8-wire
7
27
Material: PBT (Main body)
Related Manuals
Model
ManNo.
Z355
160
F3W-MA
Manual name
Smart Muting Actuator F3W-MA Series User's Manual
MEMO
161
MEMO
162
Terms and Conditions Agreement
Read and understand this catalog.
Please read and understand this catalog before purchasing the products. Please consult your OMRON representative if you have
any questions or comments.
Warranties.
(a) Exclusive Warranty. Omron’s exclusive warranty is that the Products will be free from defects in materials and workmanship
for a period of twelve months from the date of sale by Omron (or such other period expressed in writing
by Omron). Omron disclaims all other warranties, express or implied.
(b) Limitations. OMRON MAKES NO WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ABOUT
NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OF THE
PRODUCTS. BUYER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT ALONE HAS DETERMINED THAT THE PRODUCTS WILL
SUITABLY MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THEIR INTENDED USE.
Omron further disclaims all warranties and responsibility of any type for claims or expenses based on infringement by the Products
or otherwise of any intellectual property right. (c) Buyer Remedy. Omron’s sole obligation hereunder shall be, at Omron’s election,
to (i) replace (in the form originally shipped with Buyer responsible for labor charges for removal or replacement thereof) the
non-complying Product, (ii) repair the non-complying Product, or (iii) repay or credit Buyer an amount equal to the purchase price
of the non-complying Product; provided that in no event shall Omron be responsible for warranty, repair, indemnity or any other
claims or expenses regarding the Products unless Omron’s analysis confirms that the Products were properly handled, stored,
installed and maintained and not subject to contamination, abuse, misuse or inappropriate modification. Return of any Products by
Buyer must be approved in writing by Omron before shipment. Omron Companies shall not be liable for the suitability or
unsuitability or the results from the use of Products in combination with any electrical or electronic components, circuits, system
assemblies or any other materials or substances or environments. Any advice, recommendations or information given orally or in
writing, are not to be construed as an amendment or addition to the above warranty.
See http://www.omron.com/global/ or contact your Omron representative for published information.
Limitation on Liability; Etc.
OMRON COMPANIES SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES,
LOSS OF PROFITS OR PRODUCTION OR COMMERCIAL LOSS IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THE PRODUCTS,
WHETHER SUCH CLAIM IS BASED IN CONTRACT, WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY.
Further, in no event shall liability of Omron Companies exceed the individual price of the Product on which liability is asserted.
Suitability of Use.
Omron Companies shall not be responsible for conformity with any standards, codes or regulations which apply to the
combination of the Product in the Buyer’s application or use of the Product. At Buyer’s request, Omron will provide applicable
third party certification documents identifying ratings and limitations of use which apply to the Product. This information by itself is
not sufficient for a complete determination of the suitability of the Product in combination with the end product, machine, system,
or other application or use. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining appropriateness of the particular Product with
respect to Buyer’s application, product or system. Buyer shall take application responsibility in all cases.
NEVER USE THE PRODUCT FOR AN APPLICATION INVOLVING SERIOUS RISK TO LIFE OR PROPERTY OR IN LARGE
QUANTITIES WITHOUT ENSURING THAT THE SYSTEM AS A WHOLE HAS BEEN DESIGNED TO ADDRESS THE RISKS,
AND THAT THE OMRON PRODUCT(S) IS PROPERLY RATED AND INSTALLED FOR THE INTENDED USE WITHIN THE
OVERALL EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM.
Programmable Products.
Omron Companies shall not be responsible for the user’s programming of a programmable Product, or any consequence thereof.
Performance Data.
Data presented in Omron Company websites, catalogs and other materials is provided as a guide for the user in determining
suitability and does not constitute a warranty. It may represent the result of Omron’s test conditions, and the user must correlate it
to actual application requirements. Actual performance is subject to the Omron’s Warranty and Limitations of Liability.
Change in Specifications.
Product specifications and accessories may be changed at any time based on improvements and other reasons. It is our practice
to change part numbers when published ratings or features are changed, or when significant construction changes are made.
However, some specifications of the Product may be changed without any notice. When in doubt, special part numbers may be
assigned to fix or establish key specifications for your application. Please consult with your Omron’s representative at any time to
confirm actual specifications of purchased Product.
Errors and Omissions.
Information presented by Omron Companies has been checked and is believed to be accurate; however, no responsibility is
assumed for clerical, typographical or proofreading errors or omissions.
Note: Do not use this document to operate the Unit.
OMRON Corporation
Industrial Automation Company
Kyoto, JAPAN
Authorized Distributor:
Contact: www.ia.omron.com
Regional Headquarters
OMRON EUROPE B.V.
Wegalaan 67-69, 2132 JD Hoofddorp
The Netherlands
Tel: (31)2356-81-300/Fax: (31)2356-81-388
OMRON ELECTRONICS LLC
2895 Greenspoint Parkway, Suite 200
Hoffman Estates, IL 60169 U.S.A.
Tel: (1) 847-843-7900/Fax: (1) 847-843-7787
OMRON ASIA PACIFIC PTE. LTD.
No. 438A Alexandra Road # 05-05/08 (Lobby 2),
Alexandra Technopark,
Singapore 119967
Tel: (65) 6835-3011/Fax: (65) 6835-2711
OMRON (CHINA) CO., LTD.
Room 2211, Bank of China Tower,
200 Yin Cheng Zhong Road,
PuDong New Area, Shanghai, 200120, China
Tel: (86) 21-5037-2222/Fax: (86) 21-5037-2200
© OMRON Corporation 2014-2018 All Rights Reserved.
In the interest of product improvement,
specifications are subject to change without notice.
CSM_12_4_1018
Cat. No. F094-E1-10
0118(1214)
